Sharp MX 4501N MX-2300N MX-2700N MX-3500N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N
Sharp MX 4501N - Color Laser - All-in-One Manual
View all Sharp MX 4501N manuals
Add to My Manuals
Save this manual to your list of manuals |
Sharp MX 4501N manual content summary:
- Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 1
User's Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 2
MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N System Settings Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 3
Count 15 Default Settings 17 List Print (User 20 Paper Tray Settings 24 Address Control 30 Fax Data Receive/Forward 44 Printer Condition Settings 46 Document Filing Control 52 USB-Device Check 57 User Control 58 2 SYSTEM SETTINGS (ADMINISTRATOR) Accessing the System Settings (Administrator - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 4
's hard drive are provided with the machine. When using the machine, read the appropriate manual for the feature you are using. Printed manuals Manual name Safety Guide Software Setup Guide Quick Start Guide Troubleshooting Facsimile Quick Reference Guide Contents This manual contains instructions - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 5
each mode. To view the PDF manuals, download them from the hard drive in the machine. The procedure for downloading the manuals is explained in "How to download the manuals in PDF format" in the Quick Start Guide. Manual name Contents User's Guide This manual provides information, such as basic - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 6
after the machine is purchased. (For the factory default administrator password, see "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide.) To change the password, see "Change Administrator Password" (page 122) in the system settings (administrator). *To ensure a high level of security, change - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 7
the following pages of this chapter. System settings screen (factory default state) System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 8
your login name / E-mail address / password. User Authentication OK Login Name User Name E-mail Address Password Auth to: Server 1 Login name, password and E-mail address Enter your user number. OK User number Admin Login • Check with your administrator for the user information that is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 9
"User Registration" (page 81). If authentication is to the LDAP server, enter your password that is stored on the LDAP server. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. If a password has not been established, this step is not necessary. Go to step 4. Please - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 10
5). • To configure and store LDAP settings, click [Network Settings] and then [LDAP Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) • When Auto Clear activates, logout automatically takes place. • To logout... Press the [LOGOUT] key ( ). (Except when entering a fax number.) 8 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 11
Font List X PCL Extended Font List X PS Font List*1 X PS Extended Font List*1 X NIC Page ● Sending Address List X Individual List X Group List X Program List X Memory Box List X All Sending Address List ● Document Filing Folder List Factory default setting - - (Set to the center value) [MM/DD/YYYY - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 12
Type 6 X User Type 7 ● Auto Tray Switching ■ Address Control ● Direct Address / Program X Individual E-mail • Search Number • Name • Initial • Index • Address • Key Name • File Format Factory default setting Page 24 Plain, Auto-Inch (8-1/2" x 11" on the MX-2300/2700 Series) Plain, Auto-Inch (11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 13
X User 1 X User 2 X User 3 X User 4 X User 5 X User 6 ■ Fax Data Receive/Forward ● Internet Fax Manual Reception*2 X Reception Start X Manual Reception Key in Initial Screen ● Internet Fax Data Forward*2 Factory default setting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Enable - 11 Page 30 34 38 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 14
Setting X PCL Line Feed Code X Wide A4 ● Postscript Settings*1 X Print PS Errors ■ Document Filing Control ● Custom Folder Registration X Folder Name X Initial X Password X User Name ● Modify/Delete Custom Folder ■ USB-Device Check ■ User Control*4 ● Modify User Information Factory default setting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 15
are explained in "11. SYSTEM SETTINGS FOR FAX" in the Facsimile Guide. Item Factory default setting ■ Address Control ● Direct Address/Program X Individual Fax*5 • Search Number - • Name - • Initial - • Index - • Fax No. - • Key Name - • Mode - ● F-Code Memory Box*5 X Store - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 16
Item Factory default setting ■ Fax Data Receive/Forward ● Fax Receive Settings*5 Auto Reception X Multiple Set Print Disable X Staple*6 Disable ● Fax Data Forward*5 - *1 When the PS3 expansion kit is installed. *2 When the Internet fax expansion kit is installed. *3 When a right tray is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 17
of all jobs. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 18
on the machine. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 19
1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Default Settings] key. System Settings Default Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 20
1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Default Settings] key. System Settings Default Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 21
1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Default Settings] key. System Settings Default Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 22
and total counts. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 23
page (network interface settings, etc.). SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 24
, and the All Sending Address List. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 25
document filing. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 26
each paper tray. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 27
tray is selected, the paper sizes that can be selected vary depending on the paper type selected in Step 5. For more information, see "Tray settings" (page 27). • If you wish to manually specify a special paper size that is not in the list, see "Direct entry of the paper size" (page 26). 25 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 28
is a function that you do not wish to use for the tray, remove the • If the paper type setting is other than plain paper, recycled paper, colored paper, or user type, the [Fax] and [I-Fax] checkboxes cannot be selected. • The [Fax] checkbox can only be selected when the facsimile expansion kit is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 29
settings MX-2300/2700 Series MX-3500/4500 Series 216 mm x 330 mm (8-1/2" x 13"), 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 11"R, 7-1/4" x 10 x 13") • Manual A5R, 5-1/2" x 8-1/2", 8K, 16K, 16KR • Auto-Inch 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 11"R, 7-1/4" x 10-1/2"R • Auto-AB A3 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 30
can be stored. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 31
and printing continues. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 32
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 33
appear. Up to 10 characters can be entered. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. The initials you enter here determine the position of the one-touch key in the ABC index. 8 Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Search Number 001 Name AAA - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 34
/Middle B/W : PDF/MMR(G4) Exit 2/2 (3) (2) Internet Fax 11 Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Next Fax Search Number 001 Key Name AAA AAA I-Fax Report Off Registration is completed. Compression MH (G3) (1) Exit 2/2 (A) (2) (3) (1) Check the settings. (1) Touch the the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 35
set the compression mode (1) Touch the desired compression mode key. (2) Touch the [OK] key. 13 Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Next Fax Search Number 001 Registration is completed. Key Name AAA AAA File Format Color/Gray : PDF/Middle B/W : PDF settings (administrator). 33 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 36
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 37
that will appear. Up to 10 characters can be entered. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. The initials you enter here determine the position of the one-touch key in the ABC index. 7 Direct Address / Group Search Number 001 Group Name BBB BBB Initial - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 38
removes it from the group being stored. 11 Direct Address / Group Search Number 001 Group Name BBB BBB Initial B Index User 1 Key Name BBB BBB Next Registration is completed. Address 3 Addresses Destination from Operation Panel" (page 106) in the system settings (administrator). 36 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 39
Direct entry Direct Address / Group Select address. AAA AAA BBB BBB E-mail Internet Fax OK Direct Entry Address Review CCC CCC Fax Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Checking addresses Direct Address / Group Select address to deselect. Group Name :BBB BBB 001 AAA AAA - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 40
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 41
Image Settings Internet Fax Address Book Address Review Special Modes (1) Touch the [Mode Switch] key to select the mode that you wish to store in the program. (2) Select the destinations and settings that you wish to include in the program. For information on the settings, see the Scanner Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 42
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 43
/Delete No.1 Program Name CCC CCC Delete Exit Settings Address 4 Addresses Resolution 200X200dpi Exposure Special Modes 13 5 Erase Text Direct Address / Modify/Delete E-Mail Internet Fax Delete Fax Search Number 001 Name AAA AAA Initial A Address [email protected] Index User 1 Exit - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 44
group or program and then edit or delete the key. • If your administrator has enabled "Default Address Setting" (on the machine) or "Inbound Routing Settings" (in the Web pages), editing and deleting will not be possible. Remove the destinations that are preventing editing/deleting, and then edit or - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 45
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 46
[Internet Fax Settings] is selected in the Web page menu. (When the Internet fax expansion kit is installed.) SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 47
SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax was canceled or a communication error occurred, the faxes that were to be forwarded will - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 48
Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Printer Condition Settings] key. 3 System Settings Printer Condition Settings Printer Default Settings PCL Settings PostScript Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 49
(1) System Settings Printer Default Settings Copies Orientation Default Paper Size (1) System Settings Printer Default Settings Default Output Tray 4 Default Paper Type Line Thickness (1) System Settings Printer Default Settings 2-Sided Print Color Mode N-Up Print 1 Portrait 81/2x11 (2) - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 50
Settings Item Settings Factory default setting Copies 1 - 999 sets 1 Orientation • Portrait • Landscape Portrait Default Paper Size 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 13", 8-1/2" x 11", 7-1/4" x 10-1/2", 5-1/2" x 8-1/2", A3, B4, A4, B5, A5, 8k, 16k 8-1/2" x 11" Default Output Tray*1 • - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 51
line feed code used in PCL6 and PCL5c environment. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 52
font used for printing. PCL Line Feed Code This setting is used to select how the printer responds when a line feed command is received. Wide A4 When this is enabled, 80 characters per line can be printed on A4 size paper using a 10-pitch font. (When this setting is disabled, up to 78 characters can - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 53
Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Printer Condition Settings] key. 3 System Settings Printer Condition Settings Printer Default Settings PCL Settings PostScript Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 54
a custom folder. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 55
been stored, touch the [Default User] key to select a factory default user. 8 Custom Folder Registration No.001 Registration is completed. Folder Name User 1 Initial U Password User Name BBB BBB Next Exit To set a password, touch the [Password] key. A password can be omitted. Custom Folder - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 56
10 Custom Folder Registration No.001 Registration is completed. Folder Name User 1 Initial U Password User Name BBB BBB Next Exit Touch the [Exit] key. To create another folder... Touch the [Next] key and repeat the procedure from step 4. Up - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 57
a custom folder. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 58
/ Modify/Delete No.001 Folder Name User 1 Initial U Password User Name BBB BBB Delete Exit (2) Delete Exit (1) Edit you stored them. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. (2) Touch the [Exit] key. ● Deleting (1) Touch the [Delete] key. (2) Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 59
to the machine. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 60
can be edited. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings User Control Device Control Printer Settings Energy Save Copy Settings Image Send Settings Exit Operation Settings 2/3 Network Settings Document Filing Settings Select the [User Control]. (1) Touch the the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 61
in the User's Guide. (2) Touch the [Exit] key. (2) Exit 2/2 For detailed explanations of each of the settings, see "Editable items". Editable items User Information User Name Initial Index Login Name Password E-mail Address My Folder Auth to: Page Limit Authority Favorites (User number) * This - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 62
Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Admin Password] key. 3 System Settings Administrator Password Cancel OK Enter the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 63
Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control Logout Exit List Print (User) 1/3 Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Configure the desired system settings. Touch the items that you wish to configure and select - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 64
OK Login Name User Name Password Administrator Auth to: Login Locally Enter your user number. ● Login by user number Touch the [Admin Login] key. OK Admin Login In addition to login in by touching the [Admin Login] key, the system settings (administrator) can also be accessed when - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 65
if you are logging in after you pressed the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control Exit List Print (User) 1/3 Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Configure the desired - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 66
not be possible to use some settings. General items Item ■ Total Count ■ Default Settings ■ List Print (User) ■ Paper Tray Settings ■ Address Control ■ Fax Data Receive/Forward ■ Printer Condition Settings ■ Document Filing Control ■ USB-Device Check Administrator items Item ■ User Control ● User - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 67
Authority Group List X Favorite Operation Group List ● The Number of User Name Displayed Setting ● A Warning when Login Fails ● Disable Printing by Invalid User ● Default Network Authentication Server Setting ■ Energy Save ● Toner Save in Printer Mode ● Toner Save in Copy Mode ● Auto Power Shut-Off - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 68
Setting X Copy Customize 1 Customize 2 Customize 3 X Scan Customize 1 Customize 2 Customize 3 X Internet Fax*1 Customize 1 Customize 2 Customize 3 X Fax Disabling of Large Capacity Cassette*3 Disable Disable Factory default setting Special Modes File Quick File Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 69
Setting ● Registration Adjustment X Auto Adjustment ● Optimization of the Hard Disk ● Tandem Connection Setting X IP Address of Slave Machine X Port Number Document Glass Document Feeder ● Rotation Copy Setting Factory default setting Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable 0.0 mm Disable Disable - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 70
Disable Disable Disable Factory Default State - Disable Enable ■ Network Settings ● IP Address Setting ● Enable TCP/IP ● Enable NetWare ● Enable EtherTalk ● Enable NetBEUI ● Reset the NIC ● Ping Command DHCP Enable Enable Enable Enable - - ■ Printer Settings ● Default Settings X Prohibit Notice - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 71
Color Calibration Factory default setting 3 3 Setting Apply the Resolution Set when Stored Scan Internet Fax*1 Fax*2 X Default Exposure Settings Exposure Original Image Type Moiré Reduction X Must Input Next Address Key at Broadcast Setting X Scan Complete Sound Setting X The Number - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 72
Disable • Network Folder Disable • Internet Fax Disable • Fax Disable Disable Registration Using Network Scanner Tools*10 X Settings to Disable Transmission Disable Disable [Resend] on Fax/Image Send Mode Disable Selection from the Address Book Disable • E-mail Disable • FTP - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 73
USB Memory Scan X Pre-Setting Mail Signature ● I-Fax Settings*1 X I-Fax Default Settings I-Fax Own Name and Address Set Auto Wake Up Print I-Fax Speaker Volume Settings • Receive Signal • Communication Error Signal Factory default setting - Auto, Grayscale Mono 2 Disable PDF MMR (G4) Disable - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 74
Mail/Domain Name Setting I-Fax Output Setting*11 ■ Document Filing Settings ● Default Mode Settings ● Sort Method Setting ● Document Output Options X Print Copy Printer Scan Send I-Fax Send (Incl. PC-I-Fax) Factory default setting Print Out Error Report Only Print Out Error Report Only - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 75
. PC-I-Fax) Fax Send (Incl. PC-Fax) Scan to HDD X Fax Send*2 Copy Scan Send I-Fax Send (Incl. PC-I-Fax) Fax Send (Incl. PC-Fax) Scan to HDD ● Administrator Authority Setting X Delete File X Delete Folder ● Default Color Mode Settings X Color X B/W ● Default Exposure Settings X Exposure - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 76
- X Image Sending Activity Report (Fax) - ● Anti Junk Fax Number List*2 - ● Anti Junk Mail/Domain Name List*1 - ● Inbound Routing List*12 - ● Document Admin List*12 - ● Web Setting List*10 - ● Metadata Set List*13 - ■ Security Settings ● SSL Settings X HTTPS X IPP-SSL Disable Disable - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 77
Auto Paper Selection ● Printer settings X Prohibit Notice Page Printing X Prohibit Test Page Printing X Exclude Bypass-Tray from Auto Paper Select ● Image Send Settings X Disable Switching of Display Order X Disable Scan Function PC Scan USB Memory Scan Factory default setting Disable Disable - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 78
Disable • Network Folder Disable • Internet Fax Disable • Fax Disable Registration Using Network Scanner Tools*10 X Settings to Disable Transmission Disable Disable Disable [Resend] on Fax/Image Send Mode Disable Disable selection from the Address Book • E-mail Disable • FTP - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 79
Fax Expansion Kit ● E-mail Alert and Status ● Application Integration Module ● Serial Number ■ Storing/Calling of System Settings ● Restore Factory Defaults ● Store Current Configuration ● Restore Configuration Factory default setting See "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 80
Error X Fax Receive Settings Number of Calls in Auto Reception Duplex Reception Setting Auto Receive Reduce Setting Print Style Setting Set the Telephone Number for Data Forwarding A3 RX Reduce Anti Junk Fax Setting Fax Output Settings Factory default setting 5 Print Out Error - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 81
Item Factory default setting X Fax Polling Security Polling Security Setting Enable Passcode Number Setting - *1 When the Internet fax expansion kit is installed. *2 When the facsimile expansion kit is installed. *3 When a large capacity tray is installed. *4 When a paper drawer is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 82
fails for some reason when auto login is enabled, or the login user does not have administrator rights, all system settings or the system settings (administrator) will lock. In this event, the administrator should touch the [Admin Password] key in the system settings screen and log in again. 80 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 83
one of the following keys: System Settings User Registration OK Store Modify/Delete Delete All Users Store The number of users that can be stored is as follows: MX-2300/2700 Series: 200 users MX-3500/4500 Series: 1000 users * This does not include factory default users. 1 Touch each key and - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 84
will be applied when you log in. The factory default setting is "Following the System Settings". For more information, see "Favorite Operation Group Registration" (page 86). *1 Entry of this item is required. *2 When network authentication is used, an LDAP password will be used and thus there is no - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 85
Prints(Doc.Filing 3 Touch the items and specify the settings. When a key is touched, a screen to enter the limit appears. Select the desired keys, enter numbers with the numeric keys, and touch the [OK] key. Pages Limit Group Registration Return to the Defaults OK No.03 Group Name GHI Group - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 86
.01 Admin Printer Image Send Document Filing Common Functions System Settings (A) For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. 4 Touch the items and specify the settings. For more information on the settings, see "List of settings and factory default settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 87
Storage Backup Prohibited Custom Links Prohibited Operation Manual Download Allowed *1 For information on each setting, see the system settings (general/administrator) lists. *2 Permission except Changing Administrator Password *3 Changes to part of the user information are possible only - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 88
favorite operation group to be registered/cleared. No.01 ABC Group 1/2 No.02 DEF Group No.03 Guide. 3 Touch the items and specify the settings. For more information on the settings, see "Items stored in favorite operation groups" (page 87). Favorite Ope. Gr. Registration Return to the Defaults - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 89
. Fax Default Own Number and Name Setting Store the default fax sender name and number. Document Filing Scan to HDD: Initial Status Settings Select settings for Color Mode, Resolution, Exposure, and Compression Ratio. Document Filing Print: Default Output Tray Setting Set the default output - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 90
lock state can be cleared in the screen that appears when [User Control] > [Default Settings] is selected in the Web page menu. Disable Printing by Invalid User Printing by users who do not enter valid user information in the printer driver or who are not stored in the machine for FTP push print or - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 91
also help reduce pollution and conserve natural resources. Touch the [Energy Save] key and configure the settings. Toner Save in Printer Mode Toner Save mode can be enabled to reduce toner consumption when printing. This setting is only effective for printing that does not use the printer driver - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 92
in base screen of fax, Internet fax, and network scanner modes Exposure level 3 (middle level) Exposure adjustment screen in [Scan to HDD] in base screen of document filing mode Auto Clear Setting The time until Auto Clear activates can be set to any number of minutes from 10 to 240. Make sure - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 93
Customize Key Setting OK Copy Internet Fax USB Memory Scan Scan Fax Data Entry 2 Touch the key that you wish to configure. To return all of the customized key settings to the factory default settings, touch the [Back to Default] key. System Settings Customize Key Setting Cancel OK Copy - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 94
] key to apply the selected function name to the customized key. (The name of the key can also be changed.) System Settings Customize Key Setting Copy/Customize 2 Select function to be set up. Details Cancel OK Special Modes Job Programs 5 Touch the [OK] key. If you wish to change the name of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 95
the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. Original Feeding Mode The following original feeding modes can be set to operate by default in copy, Scan to HDD, and image send modes. When a mode is frequently used, this saves you from having to select the mode in the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 96
[OK] key. This function is only for use as an emergency measure. Once this setting is enabled, only a service technician can cancel the setting. Promptly contact your dealer or nearest SHARP service department to have a service technician cancel the setting and resolve the color-related problem. 94 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 97
seems somewhat slow, optimizing the hard drive may improve performance. Tandem Connection Setting This setting is used to configure the IP address and port number of the slave machine when you wish to use two machines (which are used as TCP/IP network printers) in a tandem connection for printing - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 98
are related to copying. Touch the [Copy Settings] key and configure the settings. Default settings selected with these settings apply to all functions of the machine (not just the copy function). Initial Status Settings The copier settings are reset when the [POWER] key ( ) is turned on, when - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 99
number change quickly, keep your finger on the or key.) Initial Tab Copy Setting This is used to set the default image shift width (tab width) for tab copying. The default width can be set these special papers enters the reversing unit, a misfeed or damage to the unit may result. If special papers - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 100
" in the special modes. The factory default settings are the "0" position for all eight levels of each color. System Settings Initial Color Balance Setting Return to the Factory Default Setting 1 2 3 4 OK 1/6 5 6 7 8 Touch the key of the stored program number and then touch the [OK] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 101
at 600 x 300 dpi and attain the fastest speed. • The copy ratio must be set to 100%. • Do not select a special mode that will change the ratio. • [ at 600 x 300 dpi and attain the fastest speed. • The copy ratio must be set to 100%. • Do not select a special mode that will change the ratio. • [ - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 102
checkbox and touch the [OK] key. Reset the NIC This returns all of the settings on the print server card to the factory default settings. Ping Command Use this function to check if the machine can communicate with a computer on the network. Specify the IP address of the desired computer and touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 103
Printer Settings Default Settings Printer condition settings are described below. Touch the [Printer Settings] key, touch the [Default Settings] key, and configure the settings. Prohibit Notice Page Printing This setting is used to disable printing of notice pages. To enable this setting, select - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 104
enable this setting, select the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. I/O Timeout The I/O timeout can be set to any number of seconds the PS3 expansion kit is installed. Unless printer errors occur frequently, it is recommended that you use the factory default setting "Auto". Enable Network Port This is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 105
USB port • Network port Color Adjustments This is used to adjust grayscale and color balance. Touch [Printer Settings] key and touch the [Color Adjustments] key and configure the settings. Auto Color Calibration This is used to perform automatic color correction when the color in color copies is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 106
explained in "11. SYSTEM SETTINGS FOR FAX" in the Facsimile Guide. Operation Settings Scan, Internet fax, and fax settings are described below. Touch the [Image Send Settings] key, touch the [Operation Settings] key, and configure the settings. Default Display Setting Five screen selections are - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 107
for Received Data Print This function holds received faxes and Internet faxes in memory without printing them. The faxes can be printed by entering a password (factory default setting: 0000) with the numeric keys. System Settings Hold Setting for Received Data Print OK Received Data Hold - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 108
Internet Fax • Fax (When the [Select/Cancel All] key is touched, all settings become . When the key is touched in the checked condition, all settings become .) Disable Registration Using Network Scanner Tools (When network connection is enabled.) Disable address control from the Network Scanner Tool - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 109
is used to set the default file format for Scan to E-mail and USB memory mode when the e-mail address is entered manually by touching the [Address Entry] key. Screen when Black & White is selected System Settings Initial File Format Setting File Type PDF TIFF Encrypt PDF Specified Pages per - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 110
. • When a broadcast transmission is performed that includes both e-mail and Internet fax destinations, the limit set in "Maximum Size of E-mail Attachments (E-mail)" takes priority. Default Address Setting A default address can be stored that makes it possible to transmit by simply pressing the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 111
kit is installed. I-Fax Default Settings These settings are used to configure the default settings for Internet fax. Touch the [Image Send Settings] key, the [I-Fax Settings] key, and the [I-Fax Default Settings] key, and configure the settings. I-Fax Own Name and Address Set This is used to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 112
• The Image Sending Activity Report can also be printed manually. See "List Print (Administrator)" (page 116) in the system settings (administrator). Body Text Print Select Setting Image files attached to Internet faxes are normally printed. This setting can be enabled to also have the e-mail body - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 113
finger on the or key.) This setting can only be configured when "I-Fax Reception Report On/Off Setting" is enabled. Number of Resend Times at Reception Error When an error message is received from an Internet fax destination, the number to resend can be set from 0 to 15. Specify the desired - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 114
I-Fax Receive Settings I-Fax Receive Settings are described below. Touch the [Image Send Settings] key, the [I-Fax Settings] key, and touch the [I-Fax Receive Settings] key, and configure the settings. Auto Receive Reduce Setting When a fax is received that includes the sender's name and number, - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 115
addresses/domains. A confirmation message will appear. Touch the [Yes] key. 2 Touch the [OK] key. I-Fax Output Setting (When a right tray is installed.) Set the output tray when Internet fax ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. • When there are no stored anti junk mail addresses, only the [Enter] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 116
to allow an administrator password to be entered to cancel and delete the password. Select the desired checkboxes and touch the [OK] key. This setting can only be used to delete a password. It cannot be used to change a password. Default Color Mode Settings Sets to the standard settings for Scan to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 117
level for scanning in document filing mode. System Settings Default Exposure Settings OK Auto Manual 1 .3.5 Text/ Prtd.Photo Text Printed Photo Text/Photo Photo Map Moiré Reduction • Exposure The exposure can be adjusted automatically or manually. Select either the [Auto] key or the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 118
kit is installed.) This prints a list of the Anti Junk fax numbers stored using "Anti Junk Fax Setting" in the system settings (administrator). For more information, see "11. SYSTEM SETTINGS FOR FAX" in the Facsimile Guide. Web Setting List (When network connection is enabled.) This prints a list - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 119
are related to security. Touch the [Security Settings] key and configure the settings. SSL Settings SSL transmission can be applied to a data transmission on the network. SSL is the protocol enable to encrypt the data and receive and send it. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 120
the same parameters as other settings such as the Printer Condition Settings. The settings are linked together (changing one setting changes the other). User Control Disabling of Printing by Invalid User Printing by users who do not enter valid user information in the printer driver or who are not - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 121
setting is enabled, only a service technician can cancel the setting. Promptly contact your dealer or nearest SHARP service department to have a service technician cancel the setting and resolve the color-related problem papers enters the reversing unit, a misfeed or damage to the unit may result. If - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 122
Internet Fax • Fax (When the [Select/Cancel All] key is touched, all settings become . When the key is touched in the checked condition, all settings become .) Disable Registration Using Network Scanner Tools (When network connection is enabled.) Disable address control from the Network Scanner Tool - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 123
Direct Entry This prohibits the direct entry of the address. To use this setting, select the checkboxes of the desired items from the following and touch the [OK] key. • E-mail • Internet Fax • Fax (When the [Select/Cancel All] key is touched, all settings become . When the key is touched in the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 124
for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. • For the factory default administrator password, see "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide. • When changing the password, be sure to remember the new password. • It is recommended that you periodically change the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 125
be possible to use some settings. • For the product key to be entered, contact your dealer. PS3 Expansion Kit Enter the product key for using the machine as a PostScript compatible printer. Enter the product key with the numeric keys and touch the [Enter] key. Internet Fax Expansion Kit Enter the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 126
configure the settings. Restore Factory Defaults This is used to return the system settings to the factory default settings. If you wish to create a record of the current settings before restoring the factory default settings, print the current settings using "List Print (Administrator)" (page 116 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 127
System Settings Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N MX4500-US-SYS-Z2 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 128
MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N DIGITAL FULL COLOR MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM Software Setup Guide Keep this manual close at hand for reference whenever needed. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 129
indicated: MX-2300/2700 series: MX-2300N, MX-2700N MX-3500/4500 series: MX-3500N, MX-3501N, MX-4500N, MX-4501N • Considerable care has been taken in preparing this manual. If you have any comments or concerns about the manual, please contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. • This - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 130
THE STANDARD WINDOWS PS PRINTER DRIVER (Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0) . . . 22 • CONFIGURING THE PRINTER DRIVER FOR THE OPTIONS INSTALLED ON THE MACHINE 23 INSTALLING THE PRINTER STATUS MONITOR . . 26 INSTALLING THE SCANNER DRIVER 28 3 SETUP IN A MACINTOSH ENVIRONMENT MAC OS X (v10.3.3 TO 10.4 30 MAC OS - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 131
PCL6 and PCL5c printer driver The machine supports the Hewlett-Packard PCL6 and PCL5c printer control languages. It is recommended that you use the PCL6 printer driver. If you have a problem printing from older software using the PCL6 printer driver, use the PCL5c printer driver. • PS printer driver - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 132
application. ☞ INSTALLING THE SCANNER DRIVER (page 28) • Printer Administration Utility This allows the administrator to monitor the machine and configure machine settings from a computer. To install and use the Printer Administration Utility, see the Readme file and the manual in PDF format on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 133
installed, run only the installer. (There is no need to reinstall the PC-Fax driver.) ☞ INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER (page 8) X "Sharpdesk/Network Scanner Utilities" CD-ROM (for Windows) This contains software that helps you get the most out of the images that you scan on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 134
XP Professional, Windows XP Home Edition, Windows 2000 Server, or Windows Server 2003, and which are equipped standard with a USB interface. *5 Cannot be used when the machine is connected with a USB cable. The PC-Fax driver and scanner driver cannot be used. Administrator's rights are required - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 135
use the software described in this manual. Operating system environment*1 Windows Macintosh Software PCL6 printer driver, PCL5c printer driver PS printer driver, PPD driver PC-Fax driver*2 Scanner driver Printer Status Monitor Printer Administration Utility Macintosh PPD file Required expansion - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 136
before installing the software. (The factory default setting for the IP address is to receive the IP address automatically when the machine is used in a DHCP environment.) Network settings can be configured using "Network Settings" in the system settings (administrator) on the machine. • If the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 137
explains how to install the software and configure settings so that the printer and scanner function of the machine can be used with a Windows computer. INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER To install the printer driver or the PC-Fax driver, follow the appropriate procedure in this section - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 138
drive. • If you are installing the printer driver, insert the "Software CD-ROM" that shows "Disc 1" on the front of the CD-ROM. • If you are installing the PC-Fax driver " window will Set as default printer: Yes (excluding the PC-Fax driver) • Printer driver name: Cannot be changed • PCL printer - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 139
completed screen appears, click the [OK] button. • When the PC-Fax driver is being installed, this screen does not appear. Go to the next step. • The PS3 expansion kit is required to use the PS printer driver. • The [PPD] checkbox only appears if you are using Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003. 10 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 140
the window of step 6. INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER After PRINTER DRIVER FOR THE OPTIONS INSTALLED ON THE MACHINE" (page 23) to configure the printer driver settings. • If you installed the PS printer driver or the PPD driver, the PS display fonts can be installed from the "PRINTER - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 141
the SSL function, configure the "SSL Settings" in the system settings (administrator) of the machine. To configure the settings, see the System Settings Guide. 1 Insert the "Software CD-ROM" into your computer's CD-ROM drive. • If you are installing the printer driver, insert the "Software CD-ROM - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 142
] and click the [Next] button. 10 If a proxy server is used, specify the proxy server and click the [Next] button. To specify a proxy server, select [Print via the proxy server] and then enter the [Address] and [Port number]. INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER 11 Enter the machine's URL - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 143
-Fax driver is being installed, this screen does not appear. Go to the next step. • The PS3 expansion kit is required to use the PS printer driver. • The [PPD] checkbox only appears if you are using Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003. 14 Select whether or not you wish the printer to be your default printer - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 144
INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER WHEN THE MACHINE WILL BE CONNECTED WITH A USB CABLE Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/2000*/XP*/Server 2003* * Administrator's rights are required to install the software. • The PS3 expansion kit is required to use the PS printer driver or the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 145
FAX DRIVER 7 Click the [Printer Driver] button. To view information on the software, click the [Display Readme] button. 11 When you are asked if you wish to install the display fonts, select an answer and click the [Next] button. 12 Follow the on-screen instructions. Read the message in the window - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 146
. When installing the PCL5c printer driver, PS printer driver, PPD driver, or PC-Fax driver Installation is possible even after the USB cable has been connected. 1 Insert the "Software CD-ROM" into your computer's CD-ROM drive. • If you are installing the printer driver, insert the "Software - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 147
and click the [Next] button. 11 When the printer driver selection window appears, remove the [PCL6] checkmark and click the [PCL5c], [PS] or [PPD] checkbox so that a checkmark ( ) appears, and then click the [Next] button. 18 • When the PC-Fax driver is being installed, this screen does not appear - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 148
THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER 12 Select whether or not you wish the printer to be your default printer and click the [Next] button. If you are installing multiple drivers, select the printer driver to be used as the default printer. If you do not wish to set one of the printer drivers as - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 149
below to install the printer driver or the PC-Fax driver on the client computers. • Ask your network administrator for the server name and printer name of the machine on the network. • For the procedure for configuring settings on the print server, see the operation manual or the Help file of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 150
and click the [Next] button. If you are installing the PC-Fax driver, go to step 13. 12 If you are installing the PCL, the PS driver or the PPD driver, select the printer driver to be installed when the printer driver selection window appears and click the [Next] button. Be sure to select the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 151
INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER USING THE STANDARD WINDOWS PS PRINTER DRIVER (Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0) If the PS3 expansion kit is installed on the machine and you wish to use the standard Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0 PS printer driver, follow the steps below to install the PPD driver using the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 152
" (page 25). X When the PCL printer driver or PS printer driver is installed 1 Click the [start] button and then click [Printers and Faxes]. In Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000, click the [Start] button, select [Settings], and then click [Printers]. If [Printers and Faxes] does not appear in the [start - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 153
, enter the changed name. Set Tandem Print*: Enter the setting (the IP address of the slave machine) in "Tandem Connection Setting" in the system settings (administrator) of the machine. * "Set Tandem Print" can only be configured when the printer driver is installed using a "Standard installation - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 154
X When the PPD driver is installed INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER 1 Click the [start] button and then click [Printers and Faxes]. In Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000, click the [Start] button, select [Settings], and then click [Printers]. 3 Configure the printer driver for the options - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 155
printing to the machine using the IPP function. Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0*/2000*/XP*/Server 2003* * Administrator's rights are required to install the software. 1 Insert the "Software CD-ROM" into your computer's CD-ROM drive. Insert the "Software CD-ROM" that shows "Disc - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 156
. For the procedures for using the Printer Status Monitor, see the Help file. Follow these steps to view the Help file: Click the Windows [start] button, select [All Programs] ([Programs] in versions of Windows other than Windows XP/Server 2003), select [SHARP Printer Status Monitor] and then select - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 157
scanner driver is installed, PC scan mode of the image send function can be used. Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/2000*/XP*/Server 2003* * Administrator "Welcome" window and then click the [Next] button. 7 Follow the on-screen instructions. Read the message in the window that appears and - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 158
of Windows other than Windows XP/Server 2003), select [SHARP MFP TWAIN K], and then select [Select Device]. 11 Click the [Add] button. INSTALLING THE SCANNER DRIVER 12 Select the IP address of the machine from the "Address" menu and click the [OK] button. • Be sure to ask your system administrator - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 159
used when the machine is connected to a network. The printer function cannot be used when the machine is connected with a USB cable. • The scanner driver and PC-Fax driver cannot be used in a Macintosh environment. MAC OS X (v10.3.3 TO 10.4) 1 Insert the "Software CD-ROM" into your computer's CD - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 160
"Authenticate" window appears, enter the password and click the [OK] button. 10 When the message "The software was successfully installed" appears in the installation window, click the [Close] button. This completes the installation of the software. Next, configure the printer driver settings. 31 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 161
to print a higher quality image than a fax. If you wish to use the IPP function, follow these steps to configure the printer driver. (1) Select [Internet Printing Protocol] in "Printer Type" ("Protocol" in Mac OS X v10.4). Enter the address of the machine (IP address or domain name) and the "Queue - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 162
] button. Be sure to select the hard drive on which your operating system is installed. 3 Double-click the [MacOSX] folder. 4 Double-click the [Version 10.2] folder. 5 Double-click the [MX-PBX1] icon ( ). If the "Authenticate" window appears, enter the password and click the [OK] button. 9 Click - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 163
function to print a higher quality image than a fax. If you wish to use the IPP function, follow these steps to configure the printer driver. (1) Enter the address of the machine (IP address or domain name) in "Printer's Address". (2) Select [Sharp] in "Printer Model" and click the PPD file of your - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 164
Options" must be set to the number of trays on the machine.) Follow these steps to print the "All Custom Setting List": Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key, touch the [List Print (User)] key, and then touch the [All Custom Setting List] key. This completes the configuration of the printer driver. 35 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 165
sure to select the hard drive on which your operating system is installed. 2 Double-click the [CD-ROM] icon ( ) on the desktop. 3 Double-click the [MacOSX] folder. 4 Double-click the [Version 10.1] folder. 5 Double-click the [MX-PBX1] icon ( ). If the "Authorization" window appears, click the lock - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 166
print a higher quality image than a fax. If you wish to use the IPP function, follow these steps to configure the printer driver. (1) Enter the address of the machine (IP address or domain name) in "LPR Printer's Address". (2) Select [Other] in "Printer Model". This completes the configuration of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 167
Mac Insert the "Software CD-ROM" into your computer's CD-ROM drive. Insert the "Software CD-ROM" that shows "Disc 2" on printer. (1) (2) 3 Double-click the [MacOS] folder. 4 Double-click the [Installer] icon ( ). 5 Click the [Install] button. 6 The License Agreement window printer driver settings. 38 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 168
the [List Print (User)] key, and then touch the [All Custom Setting List] key. 14 Click the [OK] button in the window of step 12 to close the window. 15 Click the close box ( ) to close the "Chooser". This completes the configuration of the printer driver. You can install the screen fonts from the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 169
PS printer driver. WINDOWS ENVIRONMENT 1 Insert the "PRINTER UTILITIES" CD-ROM that accompanies the PS3 expansion kit into your computer's CD-ROM drive. 6 Click the [PS click the [Setup] icon ( ). 4 The "SOFTWARE LICENSE" window will appear. Make sure that you understand the contents of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 170
MACINTOSH ENVIRONMENT (Mac OS 9.0 to 9.2.2) Macintosh screen fonts are contained in the [Font] folder of the "PRINTER UTILITIES" CD-ROM that accompanies the PS3 expansion kit. Copy the fonts that you wish to install to the [System Folder] of the startup disk. If you experience problems that may be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 171
changed the IP address of the machine or have installed the PC-Fax driver when the machine is connected with a USB cable. 1 Click the [start] button and then click [Printers and Faxes]. In Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000, click the [Start] button, select [Settings], and then click [Printers]. 3 Adding - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 172
7 Make sure the created printer port is selected in the printer properties window and then click the [Apply] button. CHECKING THE IP ADDRESS OF THE MACHINE You can check the IP address of the machine by printing out the "All Custom Setting List" in the system settings. Follow these steps to print - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 173
- Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 174
- Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 175
Software Setup Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION Sharp Plaza, Mahwah, New Jersey 07430-1163. www.sharpusa.com SHARP ELECTRONICS OF CANADA LTD. 335 Britannia Road East, Mississauga, Ontario, L4Z 1W9 This manual has been printed using a - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 176
MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N Document Filing Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 177
OF CONTENTS ABOUT THIS MANUAL 2 • MANUALS PROVIDED WITH THE MACHINE . 9 BASE SCREEN OF DOCUMENT FILING MODE . . . 10 2 SAVING FILES WITH DOCUMENT FILING SAVING A FILE WITH " Scan to HDD" SCREEN 17 • PERFORMING "Scan to HDD 17 • ORIGINAL SETTINGS FOR "Scan to HDD" . . . . 19 3 USING STORED FILES - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 178
's hard drive are provided with the machine. When using the machine, read the appropriate manual for the feature you are using. Printed manuals Manual name Safety Guide Software Setup Guide Quick Start Guide Troubleshooting Facsimile Quick Reference Guide Contents This manual contains instructions - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 179
each mode. To view the PDF manuals, download them from the hard drive in the machine. The procedure for downloading the manuals is explained in "How to download the manuals in PDF format" in the Quick Start Guide. Manual name Contents User's Guide This manual provides information, such as basic - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 180
of the file. A password can also be established to prevent the file from being called up by others. Use this function to simply store a document. This is a feature of the File function. The other document filing methods save a copy, scanner, or other job as a file on the hard drive when the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 181
Daily report forms Name 1 08/01/2005 Business trip forms Name 1 08/01/2005 All Files Filter by Job Batch Print Application forms, report forms, and other business forms can be stored on the hard drive for easy retrieval, letting you print the number of copies you need when you need them - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 182
. System Settings: Document Filing Control This is used to create Custom Folders for document filing. A password can be established when a Custom Folder is created. Folders Three types of folders are used to store files using document filing. Configuration of folders on the hard drive Quick File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 183
of files that can be stored in custom folders and in the Main Folder Models Examples of original types Number of pages* Number of files MX-3501N MX-4501N Full color original (Text and photo) Size: 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) Black and white original (Text) Size: 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) Max. 1200 Max - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 184
information allows you to distinguish it from other files. User Name: Use this to specify the owner of the file. The user name must first be stored in "User registration" in the system settings (administrator). File Name: A file name can be entered. Folder: Select which folder the file will be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 185
using document filing in print mode, see "CONVENIENT PRINTER FUNCTIONS" in the Printer Guide. Using document filing in PC-Fax/PC-I-Fax mode To use document filing in PC-Fax or PC-I-Fax mode, select document filing settings in the PC-Fax driver. For more information, see Help in the PC-Fax driver. 9 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 186
key to check how much of the machine's hard drive is being used. The amount of disk space 30% 0 25 50 OK Custom Folder 25% Free Space:25% 75 100% Free Space:70% 75 100% (2) [Search] ☞ "DIRECTLY PRINTING FROM THE MACHINE" in the Printer Guide (5) [Quick File Folder] key Touch this key 10 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 187
tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Quick File] key. Full Color Color Mode Job Detail 2 Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 188
copying begins, the scanned document image is saved to the hard drive. The selected copy settings are also saved. • To prevent accidental saving of the message display time can be changed using "Message Time Setting" in the system settings (administrator). • If you inserted the original pages in - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 189
File Name Copy_08012005_134050PM Stored to: Main Folder 3 File Information Cancel OK Confidential Password 4 User Name User Unknown File Name Copy_08012005_134050PM Stored to: Main Folder Configure the file information settings. To select the user name, file name, folder, and confidential - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 190
the [COLOR START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). • When copying begins, the scanned document image is saved to the hard drive. The selected copy settings are also saved. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder tray, all pages are scanned. • If you placed the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 191
stored in "User Registration" in the system settings (administrator). (2) Touch the desired user name in the An area [---] for directly entering a registration number will appear at the top of the key. to the file. File Information Confidential Password Cancel OK 1 User Name Name Guide. 15 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 192
UVWXYZ Storing a file as a confidential file A password can be set for the file to prevent others from viewing it. The password must be a 5- to 8-digit number. File Information Cancel OK Confidential Password User Name Name 1 1 File Name file-01 Stored to: User 1 (1) (2) Enable the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 193
card shot. ☞ Special modes screen for Scan to HDD (page 21) (6) [File Information] key Touch this key to append information to the file. The settings are configured in the same way as file information for "File". ☞ FILE INFORMATION (page 15) PERFORMING "Scan to HDD" Place the original. Place the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 194
to HDD"" (page 19). (2) Touch the [Special Modes] key. See "Special modes screen for Scan to HDD" (page 21). (3) Touch the [File Information] key. The settings are the same as for "File". See "FILE INFORMATION" (page 15). If the original is 2-sided, be sure to touch the [Original] key and then - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 195
mode. (B) [Resolution] key Use this to select the resolution that will be used when the file is transmitted. When "Long Size" is specified, only resolution settings of 300 x 300 dpi and under can be selected. (C) [Comp. Ratio] key Use this to select the color compression ratio that will be used when - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 196
for the original and touch the or key to adjust the exposure level. After selecting the settings, touch the [OK] key. (A) (3) Scan to HDD Exposure 1 Moiré Reduction Auto Manual 3 5 Text/ Prtd.Photo Text Printed Photo OK Text/Photo Photo Map (2) (1) (1) Select the appropriate exposure - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 197
For more information on each setting, see "7. CONVENIENT FUNCTIONS" in the Scanner Guide. (1) (2) (3) Special scan a large number of originals into a single file. When the number of originals that you wish to scan exceeds the number of sheets that helps prevent thin originals from misfeeding. 21 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 198
. For information on enabling user authentication and storing user names, see "User Control" in the System Settings Guide. Files stored by document filing can also be called up and used from the Web pages. Clicking [Document Operation] and then [Document Filing] in the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 199
entry screen appears. Enter the password (5 to 8 digits) for the file with the numeric keys. Touch the key of the operation that you wish to perform. Job Settings file-01 Select the job. Print Name 1 Send 81/2x11 Cancel F. Color Property Change • For detailed information on each key, see - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 200
number or login name and password. The explanation also assumes that "My Folder" was specified when the "User Registration" settings were configured in the system settings (administrator of the operation that you wish to perform. Job Settings file-01 Select the job. Print Name 1 Send 81/2x11 Cancel - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 201
are displayed. Touch a folder key to display its file selection screen. If a password has been set for a Custom Folder, a password entry screen will appear when the folder is touched. The password must be entered. (2) [Main Folder] key Touch this key to switch between the Main Folder display - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 202
Printer Fax Job All Files Filter by Job Batch Print Touch a mode key to show a list of the files that were stored from that mode. (9) [Batch Print] key Touch this key to print all files in a folder. ☞ BATCH PRINTING (page 30) (10) / keys Use these keys to switch through the file list pages - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 203
be sent by fax, Internet fax, or scan Settings / Detail File Name file-01 Folder:Main Folder Size:81/2x11 Call:08/01/2005/15:30 Name 1 Resolution:600x600dpi Color / B/W:Full Color OK 1/2 Job Settings / Detail File Name file-01 Data Size:40B Document Style: Output: Pages:10 Guide. An icon appears - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 204
key. Enter password via the 10-key pad. CANCEL OK 4 User 1 File Name file-01 file-02 file-03.tiff All Files Search Back User Name Name 1 Date 1 1 08/01/2005 Name 2 08/01/2005 Name 3 08/01/2005 Filter by Job Batch Print Touch the key of the desired file. If a password is set for the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 205
to HDD or scan send job cannot be printed. A long-size fax transmission job or Internet fax transmission job can be printed. • When print settings are changed as explained above, only the number of copies is changed in the stored settings. • The printing speed may be somewhat slow depending on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 206
enter the user name. To enter text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. After selecting the user name, touch the [OK] key. When all users and user unknown batch printing is enabled in the system settings (administrator), the [All Users] key and the [User Unknown] key can be selected. The - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 207
of Each Job] checkbox so that it is not selected ( ). (2) Set the number of copies with the keys. The number of copies can be also set with the numeric keys. (3) Touch the [OK] key. 6 Batch Print User 1 All Files User Name Name 1 Password Print and Delete the Data Print and Save the Data - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 208
key. Enter password via the 10-key pad. CANCEL OK 4 User 1 File Name file-01 file-02 file-03.tiff All Files Search Back User Name Name 1 Date 1 1 08/01/2005 Name 2 08/01/2005 Name 3 08/01/2005 Filter by Job Batch Print Touch the key of the desired file. If a password is set for the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 209
Image Settings Send Settings file-01 AAA AAA F. Color Cancel Address Book Address Entry Select transmission settings. For information on the settings, see "SEND SETTINGS SCREEN" (page 34). Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key 7 ( ). If you are sending a fax - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 210
address or fax number of the destination was stored in a one-touch key or group key. (8) [Address Entry] key or [Sub Address] key Use this key to directly enter an address when sending a file in scan mode or Internet fax mode. In fax mode, use this key to enter a sub-address and password for F-code - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 211
setting can be selected for files saved with the document filing function. This prevents a file from being moved or automatically or manually file. A password is set for a [Confidential] file to protect it. (The password must be 4. System Settings (Administrator): User Registration If user - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 212
/01/2005 Name 2 08/01/2005 Name 3 08/01/2005 Filter by Job Batch Print Touch the key of the desired file. If a password is set for the selected file, a password entry screen will appear. Enter the password with the numeric keys (5 to 8 digits) and touch the [OK] key. Enter password via the 10 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 213
] key. Enter password via the 10-key pad. CANCEL OK 4 User 1 File Name file-01 file-02 file-03.tiff All Files Search Back User Name Name 1 Date 1 1 08/01/2005 Name 2 Name 3 08/01/2005 08/01/2005 Filter by Job Batch Print Touch the key of the desired file. If a password is set for the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 214
the numeric keys (5 to 8 digits) and touch the [OK] key. Enter password via the 10-key pad. CANCEL OK (2) Touch the [OK] key. 8 Job Settings / Move file-01 Name 1 Select the folder the file is moved to. File Name file-01 Move to: User 2 81/2x11 Cancel F. Color Move Touch the [Move] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 215
key. Enter password via the 10-key pad. CANCEL OK 4 User 1 File Name file-01 file-02 file-03.tiff All Files Search Back User Name Name 1 Date 1 1 08/01/2005 Name 2 08/01/2005 Name 3 08/01/2005 Filter by Job Batch Print Touch the key of the desired file. If a password is set for the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 216
Job Settings file-01 Select the job. 5 Print Move Name 1 Send Delete 81/2x11 Cancel F. Color Property Change Detail Touch the [Delete] key. When the [Delete] key is touched, a confirmation message appears. Touch the [Yes] key. Delete the file data? Name 1 file-01 No Yes A file whose - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 217
OK 4 Computer03 14:09 12/09 002/002 OK Detail Copy 13:27 12/09 003/003 OK Call Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Job Settings file-01 Select the job. 5 Print Move Name 1 Send Delete 81/2x11 Cancel F. Color Property Change Detail Touch the key of the operation that you - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 218
find a file quickly. BASIC SEARCH PROCEDURE The basic procedure for searching all folders on the hard drive is explained here. Searching is possible even when you only know part of the file name or folder name. Example: Only part key. 3 Search User Name Password File or Folder Name Search within - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 219
default users in the user account settings. (A) (C)(D) (C)Touch the key. An area [---] for directly entering a registration number 's Guide. Search User Name Password File settings screen will appear. Search File or Folder Name file-01 Cancel Search Again User Name Name 1 Date 1/1 08/01 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 220
Folder opens in step 4. System Settings (Administrator): User Registration If user authentication is enabled password via the 10-key pad. CANCEL OK 4 User 1 File Name file-01 file-02 file-03.tiff All Files Search Back User Name Name 1 Name 2 Date 1 1 08/01/2005 08/01/2005 Name 3 08/01 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 221
from the default users in the user account settings. (C)Touch the key. An area [---] for directly entering a registration number will appear ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Search User Name Name 1 Password File or Folder Name file-01 Search within Current Folder Cancel Start Search - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 222
Document Filing Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N MX4500-US-FIL-Z1 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 223
MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N Scanner Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 224
CALLING UP A DESTINATION 20 • CHECKING AND DELETING THE SELECTED DESTINATIONS 21 USING A SEARCH NUMBER TO SPECIFY A DESTINATION 22 ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY 23 CALLING UP A DESTINATION FROM A GLOBAL ADDRESS BOOK 24 USING THE RESEND FUNCTION 26 3 BASIC PROCEDURE FOR TRANSMISSION IN SCAN MODE - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 225
SCAN OPERATIONS (Programs) . . . . . 111 FORWARDING A RECEIVED INTERNET FAX TO AN E-MAIL ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings 114 8 INTERNET FAX FUNCTIONS RECEIVING AN INTERNET FAX 115 • MANUALLY RECEIVING INTERNET FAXES . . 116 PRINTING FAXES RECEIVED TO MEMORY . . . . . 117 SENDING TWO PAGES AS - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 226
indicated: MX-2300/2700 series: MX-2300N, MX-2700N MX-3500/4500 series: MX-3500N, MX-3501N, MX-4500N, MX-4501N • Considerable care has been taken in preparing this manual. If you have any comments or concerns about the manual, please contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. • This - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 227
the hard drive in the machine. The procedure for downloading the manuals is explained in "How to download the manuals in PDF format" in the Quick Start Guide. Manual name User's Guide Copier Guide Printer Guide Facsimile Guide Scanner Guide (This manual) Document Filing Guide System Settings Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 228
, it is also possible to send an e-mail to a previously stored e-mail address to inform the recipient of the location of the file. (This is called " Guide". *3 Transmission is possible to computers running the following operating systems: Windows 98/NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003 *4 The scanner driver - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 229
PREPARATIONS FOR USE AS A NETWORK SCANNER MAKE SURE THE MAIN POWER SWITCH IS IN THE "ON" SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 230
Internet fax address in "Own Address". System Settings (Administrator): I-Fax Own Name and Address Set Use this setting to program the sender's name and sender's address. SETTINGS REQUIRED IN THE WEB PAGE In order to use the network scanner function, basic network scanner settings, server settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 231
, and click the [Add] button that appears. Select [Internet Fax] in [Address Type] and then store the sender name and address. The address can also be stored in the system settings. System Settings: Direct Address/Program This is used to store destination addresses for Scan to E-mail and Internet - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 232
as one-touch keys in the Address Book screen. The following window appears while the Network Scanner Tool is being set up. The item selected in "My profile explanation (D). ADDING DESTINATIONS See the number of licenses indicated in the "Sharpdesk Installation Guide" to know how many computers can - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 233
System Settings (Administrator): Default Display Setting One of the following screens can be selected for the initial screen that appears when the [IMAGE SEND] key is pressed. • Base screen of each mode (scan mode, Internet fax mode and fax mode) • Address book screen (alphabetical/custom index) 10 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 234
THE SUBJECT, FILE NAME, AND MESSAGE (page 73) (10) Base screen of Internet fax mode (5) (1) (2) (3) (4) (12) Ready to send. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings Manual RX Resend (6) Address Book (7) Address Entry (8) Special Modes File (9) Quick File (5) key Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 235
using "Customize Key Setting" in the system settings (administrator). The [Special Modes] key, the [File] key* and the [Quick File] key* appear by factory default. * These do not appear in the base screen of USB memory mode. Example: Displaying the Dual Page Scan, Erase and Address Review keys as - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 236
PDF/PDF Send Settings Resolution File Format (3) Auto 81/2x11 Original Special Modes Address Book (4) Address Entry (5) Special Modes File (6) Quick File (1) [Exposure] key Touch this key to select the exposure for scanning. ☞ Scan mode: CHANGING THE EXPOSURE AND EXPOSURE MODE (page 31 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 237
and Internet fax destinations in one-touch keys. • System Settings (Administrator): The Number of Direct Address Keys Displayed Setting This is used to change the number of one-touch keys displayed in the Address Book screen. • System Settings (Administrator): Bcc Setting This setting enables or - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 238
Settings Touch the [Sort Address] key. AAA AAA BBB BBB 1/1 Address Review 1 CCC CCC EEE EEE DDD DDD FFF FFF Global Address Search Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Tab Switch Address Type OK Change the display mode. ABC User All Group E-mail Internet Fax - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 239
a scanner driver to scan from a computer ☞ 9. SCANNING FROM A COMPUTER (PC SCAN MODE) (page 126) Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Resolution Auto 81/2x11 Original Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF File Format Special Modes Select original settings Address Book - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 240
FROM A GLOBAL ADDRESS BOOK (page 24) • [Address Entry] key: Manually enter an address for Scan to E-mail or Internet fax. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • key: Use a search number to specify an address stored in the Address Book. ☞ USING A SEARCH NUMBER TO SPECIFY A DESTINATION - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 241
210 mm (length)) 11-5/8" (width) x 31-1/2"* (length) (297 mm (width) x , manually set the fax mode: SPECIFYING THE SCAN SIZE OF THE ORIGINAL (page 69) STANDARD SIZES The standard sizes are set in "Original Size Detector Setting" in the system settings (administrator). The factory default setting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 242
are displayed in order by search number. To make it easy to find a destination, the destinations are grouped on alphabetical index tabs. To AAA AAA CCC CCC EEE EEE Cc Bcc BBB BBB DDD DDD FFF FFF Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review Global Address Search Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 243
Internet fax, and fax mode Address Book screen. • System Settings (Administrator): Must Input Next Address Key at Broadcast Setting This setting determines whether or not the [Next Address] key can be omitted before specifying the next destination. Factory default setting: the [Next Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 244
selection of the destination). To Cc Bcc Condition Settings Touch the [Address Review] key. AAA AAA 1 CCC CCC BBB BBB DDD DDD 1/1 Address Review Global Address Search EEE EEE FFF FFF Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Address Review 001 AAA AAA 003 GGG GGG 005 III - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 245
that was stored when the destination was stored in the address book. • If you do not know the search number, print the one-touch address list using "Sending Address List" in the system settings. • When entering search numbers such as "001" and "011", "0" can be omitted. For example to enter - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 246
is selected, you will return to the base screen after entering the destination address; however, if "I-fax Reception Report On/Off Setting" is enabled in the system settings (administrator), the I-fax reception report settings screen will appear. If you wish to receive a report, touch the [Yes] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 247
fax transmission. Ready to send. Scan Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 1 Image Settings Send Settings Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To AAA AAA Cc Bcc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review User's Guide. How to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 248
Detail Condition Settings Address Review Search Again Address Book (2) address to be used appears... If the selected destination includes a fax number, telephone number, or other contact information in addition to the e-mail address or Internet fax address, you will need to select which address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 249
to resend to those destinations. Ready to send. Scan Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 1 Image Settings Send Settings Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Resend] key. No.01 AAA AAA 2 No.03 CCC CCC No.05 EEE EEE No.07 GGG GGG No.02 No.04 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 250
to Network Folder). When a default address is configured in "Default Address Setting" in the system settings (administrator), the mode cannot be changed, an 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"R (A5R) size original, enter the original size manually. • Originals cannot be scanned in succession from both the automatic - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 251
Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Change to scan mode. (1) Touch the [Mode Switch] key. (2) Touch the [Scan] key. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings Auto - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 252
by entering a search number. For a Scan to E-mail destination, it is possible to enter a destination manually or retrieve it from a global address book. For more information, see "2. ENTERING DESTINATIONS" (page 19). System Settings (Administrator): Bcc Setting This setting enables or disables - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 253
, the file size limit for Scan to E-mail, and the default sender and destination. • System Settings (Administrator): Pre-Setting Mail Signature Use this setting to specify whether or not a mail signature is added at the end of e-mail messages. By factory default, a mail signature is not added. 30 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 254
Entry Special Modes File Quick File Display the exposure setting screen. (1) Touch the [Image Settings] key. (2) Touch the [Exposure] key. When Fax/I-Fax address is included, exposure setting shared among Fax/ I-Fax/ Scanner mode is selected. Read the displayed message and touch the [OK] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 255
to select the exposure Exposure Auto 1 to 2 Manual 3 4 to 5 When to select This setting automatically adjusts the exposure for light and dark parts of the original. Select this setting when the original consists of dark text. Select this setting for a normal original (neither dark nor light - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 256
has begun. However, when the document glass or the "Job Build" special mode is used, the resolution can be changed each time a new original or set of originals is placed. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Resolution Setting This is used to change the default resolution setting. 33 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 257
Front and reverse sides are scanned Scan Mode Switch Image Auto Exposure Mono2/Auto Color Mode Settings 200X200dpi PDF/PDF 1 Send Settings Resolution Auto 81/2x11 File Format Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Display the original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 258
to send. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Settings Send Auto Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File In the image will be reduced before transmission. "Scan Size" "Send Size" is set Transmission to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (B5) 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) The image - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 259
key to specify the original size manually. Place the original in the Settings 200X200dpi PDF/PDF 1 Send Settings Resolution Auto 81/2x11 File Format Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address . The maximum length that can be scanned is 31-1/2" (800 mm) (the maximum width is 11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 260
Settings 200X200dpi PDF/PDF 1 Send Settings Resolution Auto 81/2x11 File Format Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Manual Manual Settings (Administrator): Original Size Detector Setting This is used to set the size entry screen to "inch units" or "mm units length 31-1/2" ( - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 261
is specified by numerical values. Scan Mode Switch Image Auto Exposure Mono2/Auto Color Mode Settings 200X200dpi PDF/PDF 1 Send Settings Resolution Auto 81/2x11 File Format Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Display the original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 262
the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ) is pressed. (3) Touch the [OK] key. • System Settings (Administrator): Default Color Mode Settings The default color mode can be changed. • System Settings (Administrator): Disable Change of B/W Setting in Auto Mode This prohibits selection of the black and white - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 263
into separate files, the number of pages per file can be changed. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 264
] key in the displayed screen to open the keyboard screen. Enter a password (maximum of 32 characters) and touch the [OK] key. Scanning and transmission will begin. System Settings (Administrator): Initial File Format Setting This sets the default file format setting for scanner transmission. 41 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 265
[Network Scanner Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) • For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Ready to send. Scan Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 1 Image Settings Send Settings Resend Address Book Address Entry - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 266
FFF Cancel OK 1 10 Global Address Search Specify a user for Address Entry] key to directly enter an e-mail address. • To specify the return address, touch the key and enter one of the user numbers that have been previously stored using "User Registration" in the system settings (administrator - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 267
. • System Settings (Administrator): The Number of File Name/Subject/Body Keys Displayed Setting This is used to select the number of subjects and file names displayed in one screen (3 or 6). • System Settings: Default Sender Set This is used to store the sender name and e-mail address that is used - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 268
file in the USB device. • Consult your dealer or retailer for USB memory devices that can be used. • When a default address is configured in "Default Address Setting" in the system settings (administrator), the mode cannot be changed. To switch to USB memory mode, touch the [Cancel] key in the touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 269
an 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"R (A5R) size original, enter the original size manually. • Originals cannot be scanned in succession from both the automatic document Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry 3 (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 270
Auto 81/2x11 Original Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF File Format Special Modes Special Modes Display the original settings screen. (1) Touch the [Image Settings] key. (2) Touch the [Original] key. 4 (1) (2) The current settings of the [Exposure], [Resolution], [Original], [Color Mode], and - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 271
recipient must use the password entered here to open the encrypted PDF file. To cancel encrypted PDF, touch the [Cancel] key. The format settings screen will appear to the operation is completed. Open the automatic document feeder and remove the original. 8 If no action is taken for one minute - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 272
appear in the touch panel. To cancel the storing operation, touch the [Cancel] key. • System Settings (Administrator): Scan Settings This is used to set the default color mode and file format. • System Settings (Administrator): Disable Scan Function The use of PC scan mode and USB memory mode can be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 273
automatic document feeder, the exposure setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. (However, when the special mode "Job Build" is used, the exposure can be changed each time a new set of originals is inserted.) System Settings (Administrator): Default Exposure Settings This is used to change - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 274
to select the exposure Exposure Auto 1 to 2 Manual 3 4 to 5 When to select This setting automatically adjusts the exposure for light and dark parts of the original. Select this setting when the original consists of dark text. Select this setting for a normal original (neither dark nor light - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 275
for example, by reducing the number of scanned pages). When using the automatic document feeder, the resolution setting cannot be changed once scanning has set of originals is placed. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Resolution Setting This is used to change the default resolution setting. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 276
. Scan transmission Two-sided original Front and reverse sides are scanned USB Mem. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF File Name Resolution File Format 1 Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Special Modes Display the original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 277
send size. Ready to send. USB Mem. Scan Scan Mode Switch Image Settings 81/2x11 File Name Send Auto Special Modes In the above screen, the B5), the image will be reduced before transmission. "Scan Size" "Send Size" is set to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (B5) 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) Transmission The image is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 278
the [Original] key to specify the original size manually. Place the original in the document feeder tray Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF File scan a long original. The maximum length that can be scanned is 31-1/2" (800 mm) (the maximum width is 11-5/8" (297 mm - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 279
Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF the scan size. Auto Manual Manual X Y X 17 Y Settings (Administrator): Original Size Detector Setting This is used to set the size entry screen to "inch units" or "mm units can be scanned (maximum length 31-1/2" (800 mm)). To scan - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 280
for the scan size, or when the scan size is specified by numerical values. USB Mem. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF 1 File Name Resolution Auto 81/2x11 File Format Special Modes Original (1) (2) Special Modes Display the original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 281
Mem. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF File Name Resolution File Format 1 System Settings (Administrator): Default Color Mode Settings The default color mode can be changed. • System Settings (Administrator): Disable Change of B/W Setting in - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 282
In addition, if the scanned originals are divided into separate files, the number of pages per file can be changed. USB Mem. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF File Name Resolution File Format 1 Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original Special - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 283
] key in the displayed screen to open the keyboard screen. Enter a password (maximum of 32 characters) and touch the [OK] key. Scanning and transmission will begin. System Settings (Administrator): Initial File Format Setting This sets the default file format setting for scanner transmission. 60 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 284
81/2x11 Image Settings File Name Send Auto Special Modes Touch the [File Name] key. A text entry screen will appear. Enter the file name and touch the [OK] key. Up to 54 characters can be entered. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. The entered file - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 285
FAX MODE SENDING A FAX IN INTERNET FAX MODE When a default address is configured in "Default Address Setting" in the system settings (administrator detected. For an 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"R (A5R) size original, enter the original size manually. 1 • Image rotation 8-1/2" x 11" and 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"R (A4, - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 286
edge up, this step is not Ready to send. Internet Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 5 Image Settings Send Settings Manual RX Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) (1) Specify the destination. Condition (1) Touch the key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 287
receive report setting, rotation setting, size restriction setting, and sender information attachment setting. • System Settings (Administrator): Pre-Setting Mail Signature Use this setting to specify whether or not a mail signature is added at the end of e-mail messages. By factory default, a mail - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 288
inserted.) System Settings (Administrator): Default Exposure Settings This is used to change the default exposure setting. How to select the exposure Exposure Auto 1 to 2 Manual 3 4 to 5 When to select This setting automatically adjusts the exposure for light and dark parts of the original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 289
CHANGING THE RESOLUTION The resolution setting can be selected. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X100dpi TIFF-F Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Manual RX Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 290
original Front and reverse sides are sent Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X100dpi TIFF-F Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Manual RX Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Display the original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 291
send. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Settings Manual RX Send Auto Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes B5), the image will be reduced before transmission. "Scan Size" "Send Size" is set to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (B5) 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) Transmission The image is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 292
Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X100dpi TIFF-F Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Manual RX Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address a long original. The maximum length that can be scanned is 31-1/2" (800 mm) (the maximum width is 11-5/8" (297 mm - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 293
and enter the Y (vertical) dimension with the keys. (4) Touch the [OK] key. System Settings (Administrator): Original Size Detector Setting This is used to set the size entry screen to "inch units" or "mm units". Internet Fax Original Scan Size Send Size OK Touch the [OK] key. X6147 Y6141 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 294
send size is fixed at 8-1/2" x 11"R (A4R).) Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X100dpi TIFF-F Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Manual RX Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Display the original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 295
not support full mode (it only supports simple mode), follow the steps below to select [TIFF-S]. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X100dpi TIFF-F Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Manual RX Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 296
Scanner Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) • For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Ready to send. Internet Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 1 Image Settings Send Settings Manual RX Resend Address Book - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 297
support. We have attached scanned data, which you have requested. Pre-Set Select set text for the subject and file name in the Web page, up to 80 characters can be entered. System Settings (Administrator): The Number of File Name/Subject/Body Keys Displayed Setting This is used to select the number - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 298
STATUS Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10:00 11/01 000/003 Connecting Job Queue 1/1 Complete AAA AAA BBB BBB CCC CCC 10:05 11/01 000/001 Waiting 10:22 11/01 000/004 Waiting 10:30 11/01 000/010 Waiting Detail Priority Stop/Delete Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Reserved - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 299
key ((2) below). Job queue screen (1) Address Set Time Pages Status Broadcast0001 10:00 11/01 000/003 Connecting 1/1 AAA AAA 10:05 11/01 000/001 Waiting BBB BBB 10:22 11/01 000/004 Waiting CCC CCC 10:30 11/01 000/010 Waiting Print Job Scan to Fax Job Job Queue (2) Complete Detail - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 300
of pages transmitted / total number of original pages. Display Status "Waiting" The job is waiting to be executed. "Retry Mode" The job is being re-attempted due to a communication error or other problem. "Stopping" The job has been stopped. "Report Wait" An Internet fax has been sent for - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 301
or there was no attached file, and thus printing was not possible. An Internet fax was sent from a party that is blocked. Transmission/reception was not successful because a communication error occurred (a 6-digit error code appears in xxxxxx. An error occurred while the job was being executed. 78 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 302
jobs are handled as follows depending on the print setting. ☞ FORWARDING A RECEIVED INTERNET FAX TO AN E-MAIL ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings) (page 114) • Received Internet fax is not printed "Receiving" appears while the Internet fax is being received. When reception is completed, the job - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 303
will appear. Detail of Broadcast0001 Address 002 BBB BBB 010 CCC CCC Start Time 10:01 11/01 10:10 11/01 Status NG000000 NG000000 OK Retry addresses for which communication failed. Address: Address name or number Start time: Time at which communication began. Status: Description of failure (error - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 304
STATUS] key. 1 Address Set Time Pages Status Job Queue Select the job that you wish to stop. Broadcast0001 10:00 11/01 000/010 Connecting 1/1 Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (3) Touch the [Stop/Delete] key. (2) (1) (3) (1) Delete the job? BBB BBB 10:22 11/01 Touch the [Yes] - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 305
JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10:00 11/01 000/010 Connecting Job Queue 1/1 Complete Select the to be given CCC CCC 10:30 11/01 000/010 Waiting Stop/Delete priority. 2 Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (2) Touch the key of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 306
) The same scanned image can be sent to multiple scan mode destinations (Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop), Internet fax mode destinations, and fax mode destinations in a single operation. Up to 500 destinations (including a combined maximum of 200 Scan to FTP and Scan to Desktop - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 307
EEE Cc Bcc BBB BBB DDD DDD FFF FFF Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review Global Address Search (1) Touch the one-touch key of the desired If "Must Input Next Address Key at Broadcast Setting" is enabled in the system settings (administrator), touch the [Next Address] key before specifying the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 308
[Bcc] tab to check those destinations. To cancel a specified destination... Address Review 001 AAA AAA 002 BBB BBB 003 GGG GGG 5 005 III III To beep will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. If fax or Internet fax destinations are included in the broadcast transmission, the [COLOR - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 309
of broadcast transmission, note the information below. Original placement orientation The orientation of Internet fax mode is given priority. When "Rotation Sending Setting" is enabled in the system settings (administrator), the image is rotated 90 degrees. For this reason, in some cases the image - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 310
Fax (2) Touch the [Detail] key. (1) (2) "Broadcastxxxx" will appear as the address of the broadcast job key. The job control number that appeared in the touch panel when scanning ended appears in "xxxx". Detail of Broadcast0001 Address 002 BBB BBB 010 CCC CCC Start Time 10:01 11/01 10:10 11/01 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 311
originals or books on the document glass. (This function erases the parts of the image where shadows tend to form. The function does 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 312
Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Settings Send Auto 6 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • When scanning - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 313
Internet fax destination, setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 5. System Settings (Administrator): Erase Width Adjustment The default erase width setting is linked to the copy mode system setting, and can be set from 0" to 1" (0 mm to 20 mm). The factory default setting is 1/2" (10 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 314
performing the procedure below. 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry glass. Align the centerline of the original with the size mark. Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Select the mode that you wish - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 315
. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 11x17 Send Settings Send Auto 5 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • When scanning - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 316
will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. If the destination is an Internet fax destination, press the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). To cancel scanning + Center Erase cannot be used together.) To cancel the dual page scan setting... Touch the [Dual Page Scan] key in the screen of step 4 so - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 317
and settings are stored on the built-in hard drive. For more information on the document filing function, see the Document Filing Guide.) Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 318
0 hh. 00 mm. (1) (2) (3) 5 Set the time with Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Auto Send Settings 6 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 319
Settings Specify the destination. AAA AAA BBB BBB 1/1 Address Review • Touch the one-touch key for the desired destination and then CCC CCC DDD DDD Global Address Search the [To] key. ☞SPECIFYING DESTINATIONS IN THE ADDRESS If the destination is an Internet fax destination, press the [BLACK - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 320
up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Select the mode that you wish to use. (1) Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 321
Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Settings Send Auto 6 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • When scanning - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 322
all pages have been scanned and then press the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. If the color mode setting of the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ) is [Mono2], the suppress background function will not operate if the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ) is pressed. To - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 323
the procedure below. Place the original face down on the document glass. 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Select the mode that you wish to use. (1) Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 324
manually. • Touch the [OK] key next to the [Cancel] key to complete the setting and return to the screen of step 4. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Resolution X86 Y54 Original Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF File Format Special Modes Address Book Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 325
To Cc Bcc Condition Settings Specify the destination. AAA AAA BBB BBB 1/1 Address Review • Touch the one-touch key for the desired destination and then CCC CCC DDD DDD Global Address Search the [To] key. ☞SPECIFYING DESTINATIONS IN THE ADDRESS BOOK EEE EEE FFF FFF 7 Frequent Use ABCD - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 326
number of originals to transmit, this function lets you separate the originals into sets. The sets are scanned in the automatic document feeder one set Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 327
Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Settings Send Auto 5 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • When scanning - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 328
] key ( ). Press the [START] key pressed in step 7. 8 Repeat until all originals have been scanned. The exposure and resolution can be changed between sets of originals. Place next original. (Pg.No.x) Press [Start]. When finished, press [Read-End] Touch the [Read-End] key in the touch panel - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 329
, A4 and B5, A4R and B5, B4 and A4R, B4 and A5, B5 and A5) Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Select the mode that you wish to use. (1) Touch the [Mode Switch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 330
. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 11x17 Send Settings Send Auto 5 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • When scanning - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 331
scanning is 7 finished. If the destination is an Internet fax destination, press the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( MX-3501N/4501N) To cancel the mixed size original setting... Touch the [Mixed Size Original] key in the screen of step 4 so that it is not highlighted. System Settings (Administrator - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 332
automatic document feeder. This function helps prevent thin originals from misfeeding. Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Ready to send. Scan Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 3 Image Settings Send Settings Address Book Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 333
If you selected Internet fax mode, go to the Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Settings Send Auto 5 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 334
and deleted using "Address Control" in the system settings. See "Storing a program" in the System Settings Guide. • Programs settings can be used repeatedly for transmission. • The following settings can be stored in programs. • Image send mode: Scan, Internet fax • Destinations • Original settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 335
for the functions stored in the 1 1 program. Ready to send. Scan Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Send Settings Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. Scan Special Modes 3 Program Erase Dual Page Scan OK - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 336
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Scanning begins. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder tray, all pages are scanned. 6 A beep will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. • If you are scanning the original on the document - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 337
received Internet faxes directly to an e-mail address without printing the Internet faxes. The machine Forwarding Received Internet fax To configure inbound routing settings, click [Application Settings] and then [Inbound Routing Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 338
machine has run out of paper or toner, received Internet faxes can be forwarded to and printed by another previously stored Internet fax machine. • System Settings (Administrator): I-Fax Default Settings These settings determine the handling of received faxes when the [POWER] key ( ) is "off" (the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 339
. (1) Touch the [Mode Switch] key. (2) Touch the [Internet Fax] key. Ready to send. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings 2 Manual RX Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Manual RX] key. The machine connects to the mail server and begins - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 340
. Forwarding will not take place unless the password is entered. System Settings (Administrator): Hold Setting for Received Data Print Enable this setting to have faxes received to memory without being printed. This setting is also used to program the password that must be entered to print the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 341
SENDING TWO PAGES AS A SINGLE PAGE (2in1) Two original pages can be reduced to half their original size and sent together as a single page. Portrait-oriented originals Transmission 1 2 1 2 Landscape-oriented originals Transmission 1 1 2 2 Place the original(s). 1 1 • The 2in1 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 342
Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 3 Image Settings Send Settings Manual RX Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Change to Internet fax mode. (1) Touch the [Mode Switch] key. (2) Touch the [Internet Fax] key. Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 343
. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Auto Send Settings 7 Manual RX Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 344
glass. 1 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Ready to send. Internet Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 3 Image Settings Send Settings Manual RX Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 345
, part of the transmitted original is included on the • Touch the [OK] key next to the [Cancel] key to complete the setting and return to the screen of step 4. Ready to send. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Auto Send Settings 6 Manual RX Resend Address Book Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 346
destinations. • System Settings (Administrator): Transaction Report Print Select Setting This is used to set the conditions for printing transaction reports. The factory default settings for printing are indicated by below. Single Sending: Print Out All Report/ Print Out Error Report Only /No - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 347
be reprinted. System Settings (Administrator): Activity Report Print Select Setting This is used to set the conditions for printing activity reports. The factory default setting is not to print. The Image Sending Activity Report can be set to print each time the number of transactions reaches 200 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 348
Help. • To send an Internet fax using the PC-I-Fax function, the PC-Fax driver must be installed and then updated using the CD-ROM that accompanies the Internet fax expansion kit. For more information, see the Software Setup Guide. • This function can only be used when your computer is a Windows - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 349
using "Disable Scan Function" in the system settings (administrator). • The procedures for selecting the scanner driver and starting scanning vary depending on the TWAIN-compliant application. For more information, see the manual for the application or Help. • When a large image is scanned at high - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 350
[At your computer] 3 Start the TWAIN-compliant application on your computer and select [Select Scanner] from the [File] menu. 4 (1) 5 Select the scanner driver of the machine. (1) Select [SHARP MFP TWAIN K]. (2) Click the [Select] button. (2) Select [Acquire Image] from the [File] menu. The - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 351
in the preview window. If the checkmark is removed, the preview image will return to normal. Note that if SPF is selected in the "Scanning Position" menu, the [Zoom Preview] function cannot be used. • For further information on the scan settings, click the open scanner driver Help. button in the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 352
using the orientation that appears in the preview window. [Image Size] button: Click this button units of 7 the numerical values. If a scanning area has already been specified, the entered numbers information on the scan settings, click the button to open scanner driver Help. • If the originals - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 353
[At the machine] This machine is in the PC scan mode. Do not remove the original. 9 Scanner IP address:250.160.102.106 Exit PC scan in progress. Finish PC scan mode? 10 No Yes Touch the [Exit] key in the touch panel. Touch the [Yes] key. 130 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 354
Scanner Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N MX4500-US-SCN-Z2 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 355
Printer Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 356
CONTENTS ABOUT THIS MANUAL 3 • MANUALS PROVIDED WITH THE MACHINE . . . 4 PRINTER FUNCTION OF THE MACHINE 5 1 PRINTING FROM WINDOWS BASIC PRINTING PROCEDURE 6 • SELECTING THE PAPER 8 PRINTING WHEN THE USER AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED 9 VIEWING PRINTER DRIVER HELP 11 SELECTING THE COLOR - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 357
AN ENCRYPTED PDF FILE 54 5 CHANGING THE JOB QUEUE GIVING A PRINT JOB PRIORITY / CANCELING A PRINT JOB 55 • GIVING A PRINT JOB PRIORITY 55 • CANCELING A PRINT JOB 56 CHANGING TO ANOTHER PAPER SIZE AND PRINTING WHEN PAPER RUNS OUT 57 6 PRINTER DRIVER SPECIFICATIONS PRINTER DRIVER SPECIFICATION - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 358
indicated: MX-2300/2700 series: MX-2300N, MX-2700N MX-3500/4500 series: MX-3500N, MX-3501N, MX-4500N, MX-4501N • Considerable care has been taken in preparing this manual. If you have any comments or concerns about the manual, please contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. • This - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 359
the fax function and the system settings for fax, see the "Facsimile Guide" in PDF format. Operation manuals in PDF format The manuals in PDF format provide detailed explanations of the procedures for using the machine in each mode. To view the PDF manuals, download them from the hard drive in - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 360
Windows environment Macintosh environment PCL6, PCL5c (included standard with the machine) PS (when the PS3 expansion kit is installed) The machine supports the Hewlett-Packard PCL6 and PCL5c printer control languages. It is recommended that you use the PCL6 printer driver. If you have a problem - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 361
the [Preferences] button does not appear. Click each tab in the "Print" dialog box to adjust the settings on that tab. (1) (2) The button that is used to open the printer driver properties window (usually [Properties] or [Printing Preferences]) may vary depending on the software application. 6 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 362
. (1) Click the [Paper] tab. (2) Select the paper size. To select settings on other tabs, click the desired tab and then select the settings. (3) Click the [OK] button. (3) Click the [Print] button. Printing begins. In Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0, click the [OK] button. 4 The print job is delivered - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 363
in Bypass Tray" (disabled by factory default) or "Enable Selected Paper Type in Bypass Tray" (enabled by factory default) is enabled in the system settings (administrator), printing will not take place if the paper size or paper type specified in the printer driver is different from the paper size - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 364
IS ENABLED When the user authentication function is enabled in the machine's system settings (administrator), your user information (login name, password, etc.) must be entered in the setup screen of the printer driver before you can print. The information that must be entered varies depending on - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 365
machine cannot be used when the PPD file* is installed and the Windows standard PS printer driver is used. For this reason, printing will not be possible if printing by invalid users is prohibited in the system settings (administrator). * The PPD file enables the machine to print using the standard - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 366
VIEWING PRINTER DRIVER HELP When selecting settings in the printer driver, you can display Help to view explanations of the settings. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 367
a presentation are printed using black toner only. This mode helps conserve color toner when you do not need to print in color, such as when proofreading or checking the layout of a document. When [Automatic] is selected in the PCL6, PCL5c, or PS printer driver Print data that includes images are - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 368
White Print] checkbox on the [Main] tab so that a checkmark appears . The [Black and White Print] checkbox on the [Main] tab and the "Color Mode" setting on the [Color] tab are linked together. When the [Black and White Print] checkbox is selected on the [Main] tab, [Black and White] is also - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 369
Two-sided printing also helps conserve paper. Printing result 2-Sided (Book) 2-Sided (Tablet) The pages are printed so that they can be bound at the side. The pages are printed so that they can be bound at the top. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 370
Select 2-sided printing. (1) Select [2-Sided(Book)] or [2-Sided(Tablet)]. (2) Click the [OK] button. 2 (1) (2) 3 Start printing. 15 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 371
assumes that you intend to print a letter size document on ledger size paper. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button that is used to open - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 372
(1) (2) 2 Select Fit to Page. (1) Click the [Paper] tab. (2) Select the paper size of the print image (for example: Letter). (3) Select [Fit To Paper Size]. (4) Select the actual paper size to be used for printing (for example: Ledger). (5) Click the [OK] button. (3) (4) (5) 3 Start printing. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 373
Up. The order can be viewed in the print image in the printer driver properties window. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button that is used - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 374
Select N-Up Printing. (1) Select the number of pages per sheet. (2) If you wish to print borderlines, click the [Border] checkbox so that a checkmark appears. (3) Select the order of the pages. (4) Click the [OK] button. 2 (1) (2) (3) (4) 3 Start printing. 19 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 375
To use the punch function, a punch unit must be installed on the finisher or saddle stitch finisher. • The number of holes that can be punched and time. • When the finisher is disabled in the machine's system settings (administrator), the staple function and punch function cannot be used. • When - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 376
of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button that is used to open the printer driver properties window (usually [Properties] or [Printing Preferences]) may vary depending on the software application. Select the staple function or the punch function. (1) Select the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 377
paper size have been selected. When the settings are completed, return to the print window and begin printing. ☞ BASIC PRINTING PROCEDURE (Page 6) For details on printer driver settings used for each printing function, view printer driver Help. CONVENIENT FUNCTIONS FOR CREATING PAMPHLETS AND POSTERS - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 378
: (This function can be used when the PCL6 or PS printer driver is used.) The settings are on the [Paper] tab. Select the [Poster Printing] checkbox and click the [Poster Settings] button. Select poster settings. Select the number of sheets of paper to be used from the pull-down menu. If you - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 379
using the PS printer driver, you can set the width and length settings: The settings are on the [Paper] tab. Select [Zoom] and click the [Settings] button. The actual paper size to be used for printing can be selected from the pull-down menu. 24 Select the zoom ratio. Directly enter a number - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 380
a design for a woodblock print or other printing medium. B Selecting the settings: (This function can be used when the PS printer driver is used.) The settings are on the [Advanced] tab. Select the Mirror Image settings. If you wish to reverse the image horizontally, select [Horizontal]. If you - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 381
THE BRIGHTNESS AND CONTRAST OF THE IMAGE (Color Adjustment) The brightness and contrast can be adjusted in the print settings when printing a photo or other image. These settings can be used for simple corrections when you do not have image editing software installed on your computer. Selecting the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 382
"Neutral Gray": Select the toner color used to print gray Windows ICM] checkbox . To configure advanced color management settings such as "Source Profile", select the desired settings from the menus. The settings that can be selected vary depending on the printer driver type. The PS printer driver - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 383
be adjusted. The text can be selected from a pre-stored list, or entered to create an original watermark. Selecting the settings: The settings are on the [Watermarks] tab. Select the watermark setting. Select a stored water mark from the pull-down menu. You can click the [Edit] button to edit the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 384
used image or an icon of your own creation. MEMO MEMO Selecting the settings: (This function can be used when the PCL6 or PS printer driver is used.) The settings are on the [Watermarks] tab. Select the image stamp setting. Select a stored image stamp from the pull-down menu. If you wish to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 385
XXX XXXX XXX XXXX 1 100 10 150 0 120 10 250 XXXX XXX XXXX XXX XXXX 1 100 10 150 0 120 10 250 aaabbbccc 1-2-3 Selecting the settings: Create an overlay file aaabbbccc 1-2-3 Overlay file The settings are on the [Advanced] tab. Configure the printer driver settings from the software application - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 386
printer driver properties window. Click the [Settings] button to display the setting settings: The settings are on the [Paper] tab. Select [Different Paper] and click the [Settings] button. Select insert settings The paper setting, insertion position, and printing method can be selected. Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 387
Inserts) When printing on transparency film, this function helps prevent the sheets of transparency film from sticking together Selecting the settings: The settings are on the [Paper] tab. Select [Transparency Inserts] and click the [Settings] button. Select the transparency film settings. To - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 388
print one copy for presentation and one copy as a duplicate. AAA Selecting the settings: The settings are on the [Paper] tab. Select [Carbon Copy] and click the [Settings] button. Select the carbon copy settings. Select the tray for the "Top Copy" and then select the tray for the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 389
in the printer driver (PCL6 only) Enter the text to be printed on the tabs in [Tab Paper Print] on the [Paper] tab of the printer driver properties window, and configure detailed settings such as the size of the tabs, the starting position, the distance between tabs, and the page numbers where tab - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 390
the printing time when printing a large number of sets. To use Tandem Print, the IP address of the slave machine configured in "Tandem Connection Setting" of the machine's system settings (administrator) must be configured in the printer driver. This can be accomplished automatically by clicking - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 391
users, and a password (from 5 to 8 digits number) can be established to prevent others from accessing the file. To print a file stored with a password, the password must be entered on the machine. Hold Only This setting is used to hold a print job on the machine's hard drive without printing it - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 392
are listed at the time of saving, allowing you to check the settings as you save them. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button that is used - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 393
printing. 5 • Up to 30 sets of user settings can be saved. • The following items cannot be saved in user settings. • A watermark that you created • Paper insertion settings • Overlay file • [Tab Paper Print] settings on the [Paper] tab (PCL6 only) • The login name, password, user name, and job name - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 394
USING SAVED SETTINGS Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button that is used to open the printer driver properties window (usually [Properties - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 395
become the default settings when printing from a software application. (Settings selected in the printer driver properties window when printing from an application remain in effect only while the application is in use.) Click the [start] button and then click [Printers and Faxes]. In Windows 98/Me - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 396
Click the [Printing Preferences] button on the [General] tab. In Windows 98/Me, click the [Setup] tab. 3 Configure the settings and click the [OK] button. For explanations of the settings, see printer driver Help. 4 41 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 397
in Mac OS X. To use the machine as a printer for the Macintosh, the PS3 expansion kit must be installed and the machine must be connected to a network. To install the PPD file and configure the printer driver settings, see the Software Setup Guide. SELECT PAPER SETTINGS Select paper settings in - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 398
depending on the machine model.) • The print window varies depending on the operating system version, the printer driver version, and the application. Select print settings. Click next to [Copies & Pages] ([General] in Mac OS 9.0 to 9.2.2) and select the settings that you wish to configure from the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 399
Click the [Print] button. Printing begins. 4 The print job is delivered to the output tray, with the position of the paper offset slightly from the previous job (other than the right tray). 44 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 400
in Bypass Tray" (disabled by factory default) or "Enable Selected Paper Type in Bypass Tray" (enabled by factory default) is enabled in the system settings (administrator), printing will not take place if the paper size or paper type specified in the printer driver is different from the paper size - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 401
's system settings (administrator), your user information (login name, password, etc.) Printer" menu is normally [SCxxxxxx]. ("xxxxxx" is a sequence of characters that varies depending on the machine model.) • The print window varies depending on the operating system version, the printer driver - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 402
login name and password, or user number, to simplify Mac OS X v10.1.5, the user authentication function of the machine is not available. For this reason, printing will not be possible if printing by invalid users is prohibited in the system settings (administrator). System Settings (Administrator - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 403
you the trouble of downloading the file and printing it from a computer. To configure FTP server settings, click [Application Settings] and then [FTP Print Settings] in the Web page menu, and configure the settings in "FTP Print Settings from Operation Panel". (Administrator rights are required - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 404
(PCL or PS) in step 4 that includes print settings, the settings will be applied. (2) Touch the [Print] key. Printing begins. When the message "Job stored. ..." appears in the touch panel, touch the [OK] key. When you select a PDF file that has a password, you must enter the password in the job - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 405
file in a USB memory device connected to the machine can be printed from the operation panel of the machine without using the printer driver. When the printer driver of the machine is not installed on your computer, you can copy a file into a commercially available USB memory device and connect the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 406
key. Print Cancel file-01.tiff Auto Paper Select Output B/W Print Quick File Number of Prints 1 (1 999) 2-Sided Print 6 (1) (2) Print the selected file. (1) Select print conditions. If you selected a file (PCL or PS) in step 5 that includes print settings, the settings will be applied - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 407
] in the Web page menu, enable FTP Print in "FTP Print Settings from Client PC", and configure the port number. (Administrator rights are required.) • Performing FTP Print Type "ftp://" and then the IP address of the machine in the address bar of your computer's Web browser as shown below. (Example - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 408
text (message) of the e-mail, printing will take place according to the "Printer Default Settings" in the system settings. If you printed a file (PCL or PS) that includes print settings, the settings will be applied. • To print PDF and PS files, the PS3 expansion kit must be installed. • Only enter - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 409
002 / --- Print Job Scan to Encrypt PDF Fax Job Stop/Delete Internet Fax [Spool]. The mode changes each time the password and a user password (which is used to open the file) have been set, enter the master password. • To print an encrypted PDF file using the printer driver, enter the password - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 410
the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 Job Queue Copy Copy Computer01 0312345678 Sets / Progress Status 020 / 001 Copying 020 / 000 Waiting 020 / the print job status mode to [Job Queue]. Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Touch this key to change modes. The selected mode will be highlighted. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 411
the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 Job Queue Copy Copy Computer01 0312345678 Sets / Progress Status 020 / 001 Copying 020 / 000 Waiting 020 status mode to [Spool] or [Job Queue]. Print Job (1) Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (3) (2) (4) Touch this key to change modes. The selected mode is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 412
of paper specified in the printer driver is not loaded in the key. 1 Job Queue Computer01 Sets / Progress Status 020 / Fax Job Internet Fax (2) Touch the [Detail] key. (1) (2) Detail of Computer01 020/000 OK Paper Empty Data : file-01 part of the text or image may run off the paper. 57 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 413
PRINTER DRIVER SPECIFICATIONS PRINTER DRIVER SPECIFICATION LIST Driver selections Frequently used functions Paper Convenient printer Mirror Image PCL6 1-999 PS 1-999 Yes 2,4,6,8,9,16 Selectable On/Off Yes Yes Selectable Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 size Yes Yes Yes 10mm/20mm/ 30mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Windows - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 414
Driver selections PCL6 PCL5c PS Windows PPD*1 Macintosh PPD*1 Special Different Paper Yes Yes Yes No Yes*10 functions Transparency No No No Toner Save*14 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Font Resident font 80 fonts 80 fonts 136 fonts 136 fonts*15 35 fonts Download font bitmap, - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 415
Printer Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N MX4500-US-PRT-Z2 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 416
MODEL: MX-FXX1 Facsimile Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 417
THE INDEX 40 CALLING UP A DESTINATION FROM A GLOBAL ADDRESS BOOK 41 USING A SEARCH NUMBER TO CALL UP A DESTINATION 43 CHAIN DIALING 44 4 FAX RECEPTION RECEIVING FAXES 45 • RECEIVING A FAX 46 • PRINTING A PASSWORD-PROTECTED FAX (Hold Setting For Received Data Print 47 5 CHECKING THE STATUS OF - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 418
THE PUBLIC BOX 100 FORWARDING RECEIVED FAXES (Fax Data Forward 101 SENDING A FAX DIRECTLY FROM A COMPUTER (PC-Fax 103 FORWARDING A RECEIVED FAX TO AN E-MAIL ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings 104 8 PERFORMING F-CODE COMMUNICATION F-CODE COMMUNICATION 105 • HOW F-CODES WORK 105 • CREATING MEMORY - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 419
is not Enabled . . . . . 161 • When User Authentication is Enabled 163 System Settings (Administrator) List 165 Operation Settings 171 Device Control 174 Image Send Setting 175 • Operation Settings 175 • Fax Default Settings 178 • Fax Send Settings 180 • Fax Receive Settings 182 3 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 420
/2700 series: MX-2300N, MX-2700N MX-3500/4500 series: MX-3500N, MX-3501N, MX-4500N, MX-4501N • Considerable care has been taken in preparing this manual. If you have any comments or concerns about the manual, please contact one of the SHARP service centers listed in the Safety Guide. • This product - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 421
each mode. To view the PDF manuals, download them from the hard drive in the machine. The procedure for downloading the manuals is explained in "How to download the manuals in PDF format" in the Quick Start Guide. Manual name Contents User's Guide This manual provides information, such as basic - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 422
BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address The procedures in this manual begin from the base screen of fax mode. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Default Display Setting (page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 423
a sub-address and passcode for F-code transmission. ☞ F-CODE DIALING (page 107) (12) Customized keys These three keys can be changed to show any three settings or functions that you like. The keys are changed in "Customize Key Setting" in the system settings for Fax (administrator). Normally the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 424
Setting" in the system settings for Fax (administrator). Example: When the Dual Page Scan, Erase, and Address Review keys are selected as the customized keys. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 425
. To close the screen, touch the [OK] key. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Function Review Erase : Edge:1/2inch Center:1/2inch Timer Job Build : Day of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 426
Keys Displayed Setting (page 176) This is used to change the number of one-touch keys displayed in the Address Book screen. • System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Default Display Setting (page 175) This is used to change the screen that initially appears when the [IMAGE SEND] key is pressed. 10 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 427
document feeder, or on the document glass. 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry Change the mode. Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Change to fax mode. Touch the [Mode Switch] key and then touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 428
& WHITE START] key ( ) and start transmission. When transmission ends, image settings and convenient function (special mode) settings are cleared. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Default Display Setting (page 175) The settings can be kept in effect a fixed period of time after scanning is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 429
transmission is finished, the scanned original pages are cleared from memory. However, the transmitted fax is stored when the document filing function is used. ☞ Document Filing Guide System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Quick On Line Sending (page 180) This can be used to disable Quick Online - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 430
direct transmission mode is used, transmission will begin as soon as the transmission in progress is completed (ahead of any previously reserved transmissions). To send a fax by direct transmission, touch the [Direct TX] key in the base screen. ☞ USING THE AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER TO SEND - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 431
11"R (A4R) A4R 1 : 0.84 1 : 0.71 1 : 0.84 Ratio System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Auto Reduction Sending Setting (page 180) The factory default setting is automatic reduction enabled. If this setting is disabled, the image will be sent at full size and part of the image may be cut off. 15 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 432
appear. In this event, manually set the correct original size. ☞ SPECIFYING THE SCAN SIZE OF THE ORIGINAL (page 31) STANDARD SIZES The standard sizes are set in "Original Size Detector Setting" in the system settings for Fax (administrator). The factory default setting is "Inch-1". List of original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 433
PROGRESS OR A RESERVED FAX (page 55) System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Recall in Case of Communication Error (page 182) This is used to set the number of recall attempts and the interval between attempts when a transmission fails due to an error. The factory default setting is attempt at an - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 434
Quick File (1) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 435
Quick File (1) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 436
, Quick File, Two-Sided Scanning • Resending will not take place when a direct transmission is not successful due to a communication error or other reason. • If a fax transmission is already in progress when the direct transmission operation is performed, the direct transmission will wait until the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 437
Quick File (1) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 438
document feeder and remove the original. 5 • When scanning is completed, "Job stored." will be displayed together with a job control number. This number can be used before the [Read-End] key is pressed. • If a fax is being received when the transmission operation is performed, the transmission - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 439
plate and prevent correct detection of the document size. Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Direct TX] key. 23 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 440
Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address due to a communication error or other reason. • If a fax transmission is already in progress - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 441
Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Resend] key. Cancel Touch the key of the fax destination that No.01 ] key may not dial the correct number. • Resending to destinations of a broadcast - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 442
BBB BBB CCC CCC DDD DDD EEE EEE FFF FFF Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Condition Settings Fax Receive Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of the desired destination. A group key cannot be used. ☞ CALLING UP - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 443
memory. • A destination that includes an F-code (sub-address and passcode) cannot be used. • A one-touch key that has multiple destinations or has a non-fax destination cannot be used. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Speaker Settings (page 178) The default volume level of "Speaker" can be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 444
Fax Memory:100% Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Display the resolution settings screen. (1) Touch the [Image Settings Settings for Fax (Administrator): Initial Resolution Setting (page 175) This is used to change the default resolution setting. Resolution settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 445
has begun. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Default Exposure Settings (page 175) This is used to change the default exposure setting. Exposure settings Exposure Auto 1 to 2 Manual 3 4 to 5 How to select This setting automatically adjusts the exposure for light and dark parts of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 446
send. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes When the original size is a non-standard size, manually specify the original scan size. ☞ SPECIFYING THE SCAN SIZE OF THE - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 447
Fax Memory:100% (1) (2) Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Display the original settings screen. (1) Touch the [Image Settings is highlighted. Fax Original Auto Manual Manual AB Inch 51 the scan size. Fax Original Scan Size 51/2x81/2 100% Send Size - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 448
numbers Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure Standard 1 Memory TX Direct TX Resolution Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Auto Reception Original Fax Memory:100% (1) (2) Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Display the original settings Fax Original Auto Manual 4 Manual - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 449
size is [Long Size] or is specified by numbers. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure Standard 1 Memory TX Direct TX Resolution Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Auto Reception Original Fax Memory:100% (1) (2) Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Display the original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 450
Resolution Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Auto Reception Original Fax Memory:100% (1) (2) Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Display the original settings screen. (1) Touch the [Image Settings] key. (2) Touch the [Original] key. Fax Original Scan Size Auto 81/2x11 100% Send - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 451
to dial out from a PBX (for example, after "0"), or after the country code when dialing an international number. 0312345678- Fax Scan Mode Switch Image Settings 81/2x11 Send Auto Pause Next Address Address Book Sub Address Touch the [Pause] key. A hyphen "-" is entered when the [Pause] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 452
This dialing method is convenient when you wish to send a fax to (or poll) multiple fax destinations. One-touch keys are grouped on alphabetical index tabs to make it easy to find a destination. To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC EEE EEE DDD DDD FFF FFF Global - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 453
other index tabs also changes. Ordered by search number (default) Ascending names Descending names Frequent Use ABCD Frequent Use ABCD Frequent Use ABCD CCC CCC 0123456789 To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Pause 1/1 Next Address Condition Settings Address Review Touch the [To] key. This enters the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 454
also remove a destination from the list of selected destinations. To Cc AAA AAA 1 CCC CCC EEE EEE BBB BBB DDD DDD FFF FFF Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review Global Sub Address Touch the [Address Review] key. Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Address Review 001 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 455
DDD DDD FFF FFF Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review Global Address Search Touch the [Sort Address] key. Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Tab Switch Address Type OK Change the display method. All E-mail Internet Fax ABC (1) Touch the [Fax] key. User Group FTP - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 456
DDD DDD FFF FFF Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review Global Address Search Touch the [Sort Address] key. Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Tab Switch Address Type OK All E-mail Internet Fax ABC 2 User Group FTP/Desktop Fax Network Folder (1) (2) Change to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 457
fax number in a global address book. Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address , see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. • How to search Enter the initial letters - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 458
9876543210 0612345678 Detail Condition Settings Address Review Search Again Address Book Select the destination. address or other address in addition to the fax number or telephone number, you will need to select which item you wish to use. Touch the [Fax] key to retrieve the fax number - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 459
is stored in a one-touch key. 2 • If you do not know the search number, print the one-touch address list using "Sending Address List" in the system settings for fax. ☞ Sending Address List (page 134) • When entering search numbers such as "001" and "011", "0" can be omitted. For example to enter - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 460
service Country code Area code Number of other party Number to be dialed XXX 00 XX XXXX Entry Using the numeric keys XXX Pause Using a onetouch key B System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Pause Time Setting (page 178) This is used to set the length of pauses. The default setting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 461
Auto Reception" should normally be used. Select "Manual Reception" when an extension phone is connected to the machine. ☞ Fax Receive Settings (page 160) • System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Anti Junk Fax Setting (page 183) This setting is used to enter fax numbers from which you wish to block - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 462
, the number of copies printed, the output tray, and stapling can be selected. ☞ System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Fax Output Settings (page to an error condition such as out of paper, out of toner, or a paper misfeed. The faxes will be printed automatically when the error condition is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 463
the blinking key to enter the password and print the fax. "Hold Setting for Received Data Print" can be enabled for received faxes and also for transaction reports that are printed with the received faxes. System Settings for Fax (administrator): Hold Setting for Received Data Print (page 176 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 464
. Example: Pressing the key in fax mode JOB STATUS Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10:00 11/01 000/003 Connecting Job Queue 1/1 Complete Broadcast0002 10:05 11/01 000/001 Waiting AAA AAA 10:08 11/01 000/004 Waiting 0312345678 10:30 11/01 000/010 Waiting Detail Priority Stop - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 465
Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10:00 11/01 000/003 Connecting Job Queue 1/1 Complete (2) Broadcast0002 10:05 11/01 000/001 Waiting AAA AAA 10:08 11/01 000/004 Waiting 0312345678 10:30 11/01 000/010 Waiting Detail (3) Priority (4) Stop/Delete (5) Print Job Scan to Fax - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 466
screen. 3 AAA AAA Waiting (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (1) Displays the number (position) of the job in the job queue. When the job currently being re-attempted due to a communication error or other problem. "Stopping" The job is put on stop-wait when a reserved fax job is canceled. The day and - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 467
. CCC CCC 10:08 11/01 000/001 Printed (1) (2) (3) (1) Mode icon This indicates the type of job. Icon Job type Fax transmission Fax reception Broadcast transmission or serial polling PC-Fax transmission (2) Name of other party For a transmission, the name or fax number of the destination - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 468
is enabled When Inbound Routing is enabled in the Web pages, fax reception jobs are handled as follows depending on the print setting. ☞ FORWARDING A RECEIVED FAX TO AN E-MAIL ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings) (page 104) • Received fax is not printed "Receiving" appears in the job queue screen - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 469
The status of communication. All Destinations This shows all destinations specified in the job. A broadcast control number (3-digits) appears in front of each destination. Address: The name or fax number of each destination. Start time: The time at which communication began. Status: The status of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 470
. Detail of Broadcast0001 Address 002 DDD DDD 010 EEE EEE Start Time 10:01 11/01 10:10 11/01 Status NG000000 NG000000 OK number (3-digits) appears in front of each destination. Address: Address name or number Start time: Time at which communication began. Status: Description of failure (error - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 471
. • If you cancel a fax job in progress, touch the [Yes] key to confirm the cancellation. Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10:00 11/01 000/010 Connecting Broadcast0002 10:05 11/01 000/005 Waiting AAA AAA 10:08 11/01 000/001 Waiting 0312345678 10:30 11/01 000/001 Stopping Job Queue - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 472
1 Press the [JOB STATUS] key. Address Set Time Pages Status Job Queue Select the fax job to which you wish to Broadcast0001 10:00 11/01 000/010 Connecting 1/1 Complete give priority. Broadcast0002 10:05 11/01 000/005 Waiting Detail AAA AAA 10:08 11/01 000/001 Waiting (1) Touch the key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 473
OCT/03/2005/MON 10:00 AM COM.TIME PAGE 0:00:13 1 TYPE/NOTE OK P.01/01 FILE SG3 2697 • System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Transaction Report Print Select Setting (page 179) This is used to set the conditions for printing transaction reports. The factory default settings are printing at - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 474
setting will be cleared. Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address fails. "Print at Error": A transaction report is is selected ( ), part of the transmitted original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 475
conditions or other reasons, and communication was not successful. (1) First two digits of communication error number: Error code from 00 to 99. (2) Last four digits of communication error number: Code for use by service technicians. A fax was sent from a party from which reception is blocked. 59 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 476
can also be printed manually. For more information, see "List Print (Administrator)" (page 186). System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Activity Report Print Select Setting (page 179) This is used to set the condition for printing activity reports. The factory default setting is not printed. The - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 477
conditions or other reasons, and communication was not successful. (1) First two digits of communication error number: Error code from 00 to 99. (2) Last four digits of communication error number: Code for use by service technicians. A fax was sent from a party from which reception is blocked. 61 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 478
key. To store destinations in a group key, see "Storing a Group Key" (page 140) in the system settings for fax. When a group key is used to dial, the number of fax numbers that are dialed is the number of destinations that are stored in the group key. When a group key that has ten destinations is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 479
touch key. Fax number entered with the numeric keys [Next Address] Fax number entered key with the numeric keys [Next Address] Destination entered with key a one-touch key (Cannot be omitted) (Can be omitted) System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Must Input Next Address Key at Broadcast - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 480
OK (1) Check the destinations. 1/1 (2) Touch the [OK] key. To cancel an entered destination... Address Review 001 AAA AAA 003 CCC CCC 005 EEE EEE 002 BBB BBB 004 DDD DDD 006 FFF FFF include Scan to E-mail and Internet fax destinations. In this case, the image sent to the Scan to E-mail - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 481
[JOB STATUS] key. 1 Address Set Time Pages Status Job Queue Touch the [Complete] key. Broadcast0001 10:00 11/01 000/003 Connecting 1/1 Complete If the job status screen of fax mode does not appear, touch the Broadcast0002 10:05 11/01 000/001 Waiting 2 AAA AAA 10:08 11/01 000/004 Waiting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 482
Guide Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 483
File 5 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 484
. • If you give priority to a timer transmission in the job status screen, the timer setting will be canceled and the transmission will begin after the job in progress is finished. ☞ GIVING PRIORITY TO A RESERVED FAX JOB (page 56) To cancel timer transmission... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 485
be placed in the document feeder tray, place it face up. Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. 69 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 486
File 5 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 487
, the erase width will change according to the selected ratio. For example, if the erase width setting is 1" (20 mm) and the image is reduced to 50%, the erase width will be 1/2" (10 mm). • This function cannot be used in combination with the following functions: Card shot, Dual Page Scan (edge - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 488
size cannot be changed. 1 Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 11x17 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Place the original face down on . Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. 72 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 489
File 4 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 490
• To erase shadows caused by the binding of a book or other bound document, use the erase function. (Note, however, that "Center Erase" and "Edge + Center Erase" cannot be used.) • This function cannot be used in combination with the following functions: 2in1, Card Shot, Job Build Mode, Mixed Size - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 491
can be reduced and sent as a single page. This function is convenient when you have a large number of original pages and wish to reduce the number of pages sent. Originals (portrait) Transmission 1 2 Originals (landscape) 1 2 Transmission 1 2 1 2 This function cannot be used in direct - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 492
1 2 1 1 Document glass (Place each original face down.) Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 493
File 6 (3) (2) To Cc AAA AAA BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 494
down on the document glass. 1 Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. Fax Special Modes Program 3 Timer Erase 2in1 Dual Page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 495
manually. • To complete the setting and return to the screen of step 3, touch the [OK] key next to the [Cancel] key. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Memory TX Auto Exposure Standard Resolution Direct TX X 3 3/8 Y 2 1/8 Auto Reception Original Fax Memory:100% Special Modes (1) 5 (2) Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 496
File 6 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 497
by recipients. 1 2 When a job program is not stored Enter the fax numbers of the branch offices 1 2 1 2 When a job program is stored Call up the stored program. Select the 2in1 function. Select erase settings Press the [BLACK & WHITE START] key. The originals are scanned and transmitted - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 498
edited, and deleted using "Address Control" in the System Settings for fax. ☞ Storing a Program (page 144) • The following settings can be stored in program. Destinations: One-touch keys, group keys, search numbers Original settings: Resolution and exposure settings Special modes: Polling reception - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 499
Program:program C 0312345678 Fax Scan Mode Switch Image Settings 81/2x11 Send Auto 5 Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Special Modes File Quick File Select additional settings. Select any settings or functions that you wish to use that cannot be stored in a program. Functions stored in the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 500
for Fax (Administrator): Date/Own Number Print Position Setting (page 180) This is used to set the position where the sender information is printed. The sender information can be printed outside the scanned original image or inside the scanned original image. Outside scanned image (factory default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 501
information. (1) Touch the desired sender information key. (2) Touch the [OK] key. Fax Special Modes Transaction 4 Report Own Name Select OK 2/3 Polling Memory Box Touch the [OK] key. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Registration of Own Name Select (page 181) This is used to store - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 502
and B4, A4 and B5, A4R and B5, B4 and A4R, B4 and A5, B5 and A5) Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 11x17 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 503
File 4 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 504
the document guides slowly. 1 1 If the originals are inserted with too much force, they may crumple and misfeed. Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 505
File 4 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 506
tray. The stack must not be higher than the indicator line. Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 507
File 4 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 508
that an original is not placed in the machine when using the polling reception function. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 509
To Cc 3 AAA AAA CCC CCC BBB BBB DDD DDD Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the fax number of the transmitting machine. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 510
MANUALLY Use this procedure when you must start polling after listening to a recorded greeting, such as when using a fax information service JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Condition Settings Fax Receive Sort Address Enter the fax number of the transmitting machine. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 511
Mode Switch Image Settings Fax Receive Speaker Volume Fax Memory:100% 4 Fax Special Modes Transaction Report Speaker Resend Address Book Special Modes File Quick File (1) Own Name Select OK 2/3 Polling Memory Box (3) (2) Receive the fax. (1) Touch the [Special Modes] key. (2) Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 512
enable polling security. Up to 10 fax numbers can be stored as polling passcode numbers. • System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Polling Security Setting (page 185) This is used to enable polling security. • System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Passcode Number Setting (page 185) This is used - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 513
document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 514
. Touch the [Unlimited] (2) key to allow polling an unlimited number of times. (2) Touch the [OK] key. Public Box Press [Start] to scan original. Scan Send Image Settings 81/2x11 Auto 7 Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Memory Box List Select image settings and special modes. To select image - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 515
in the public box for polling transmission, follow the steps below to print the document. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 516
it is no longer needed. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. Fax OK Special Modes Transaction Report 2/3 Own Name Select - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 517
Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Fax Data Receive/Forward] key. 3 System Settings Fax Data Receive/Forward Fax Receive Settings Fax Data - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 518
or an error occurred, the fax will be held in memory until it can be printed. • All faxes received are forwarded. Note, however, that faxes received to an F-code confidential memory box cannot be forwarded. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Set the Telephone Number for Data Forwarding - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 519
more information on using PC-Fax, see the Help file for the PC-Fax driver. • The PC-Fax driver is on the "CD-ROM" that accompanies the machine. For the installation procedure and system requirements, see the Software Setup Guide. • This function can only be used when the printer function can be used - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 520
can be used to forward received faxes directly to an e-mail address without printing the faxes. The machine Forwarding Received fax To configure inbound routing settings, click [Application Settings] and then [Inbound Routing Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) • The - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 521
will not take place. Reception to memory box specified by the F-code Memory box for F-code communication Fax number of other machine + F-code Sub-address: AAAAAAAA Passcode: XXXXXXXX Box name: BBBB Sub-address: AAAAAAAA Passcode: XXXXXXXX The products of other manufacturers may use different - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 522
function can be used, special memory boxes must be created using "F-Code Memory Box" in the system settings for fax. A box name and F-code (sub-address and passcode) are programmed in each box, and an F-code communication function is assigned to each box. After you have created a memory - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 523
destination machine does not have a passcode configured in the F-code, do not enter a passcode when dialing that machine. • F-code communication cannot be performed when using the speaker or performing manual transmission. System Settings for Fax: Address/Program This is used to store and edit one - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 524
used should be verified by the sender and the recipient before the fax is sent. System Settings for Fax: F-code Memory Box This is used to create memory boxes for F-code confidential communication (confidential). A memory box name, sub-address, passcode, and print passcode are programmed in each box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 525
File (1) 2 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 526
by the F-code. To print the received fax, enter the print passcode. The machine rings and the fax is Beep received. 1 A beep sounds when reception ends. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 527
via the 10-key. key 7 ( ). • The confidential fax is automatically given priority in the print job queue. • The fax is automatically cleared from the memory box after SHARP Service Departmemt. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Transaction Report Print Select Setting (page 179) This setting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 528
address: AAAAAAAA Passcode: XXXXXXXX • Verify the F-code (sub-address and passcode) of the memory box in the other machine before you perform F-code send. Fax Mode Switch 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 529
File (1) 3 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 530
polling memory box. Other machine Transmission request using an F-code Sub-address: AAAAAAAA Passcode: XXXXXXXX Your machine Polling memory box Transmission Box name: BBBB Sub-address: AAAAAAAA Passcode: XXXXXXXX System Settings for Fax: F-Code Memory Box This is used to create memory boxes - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 531
the [Unlimited] (2) key to allow polling an unlimited number of times. (2) Touch the [OK] key. Box 1 Press [Start] to scan original. Scan Send Image Settings 81/2x11 Auto 7 Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Memory Box List Select original scanning settings and special modes. Touch the [Image - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 532
. • If other documents have already been stored in the memory box, the document is added to the previously stored documents. • The factory default setting for the number of polling times is "Once" (after the document is transmitted to the receiving machine, it is automatically cleared). 116 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 533
document in an F-code memory polling box (public box) by printing it out. A document in a memory box cannot be printed while the document is being transmitted. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 534
F-code memory polling box is no longer needed, follow the steps below to delete it. A document in a memory box cannot be deleted while the document is being transmitted. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 535
relay machine) bears the cost of sending the fax to each of the end receiving machines. System Settings for Fax: F-Code Memory Box This is used to create memory boxes (relay broadcast) for F-code relay broadcast transmission. A memory box name, sub-address, passcode, and end receiving machines are - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 536
File (1) 2 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the destination fax number. (1) Touch the [Address Book] key. (2) Touch the one-touch key of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 537
the sub-address and passcode of the memory box (relay broadcast) in your machine. • The end receiving machines are programmed in the F-code relay support F-code communication. • The other machine (the machine that requests a relay broadcast transmission) only bears the cost of sending the fax to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 538
connect an existing extension phone to the machine. The phone can be used for voice calls and to start fax reception on the machine. As an example, you can make a phone call using the existing phone, speak the jack on your extension phone, contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. 122 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 539
Fax: Fax Receive Settings To use remote fax reception, set this setting to "Manual Reception". ☞ Fax Receive Settings (page 160) • System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Remote Reception Number Setting (page 179) This is used to change the number used for remote fax reception. The factory default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 540
10 IF THE MACHINE IS MOVED This chapter explains connections and changes to settings that are necessary in the event that the machine is moved. CONNECTIONS AND SETTINGS AFTER THE MACHINE IS MOVED If the machine is moved to a different location or the fax number changes, check the following items and - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 541
also be set manually. System Settings for Fax (Administrator) : Dial Mode Setting (page 178) After setting the dial mode, do not change the setting unless you FAX NUMBER If your fax number changed, change the sender fax number. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Fax Own Name and Number Set - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 542
1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Default Settings] key. System Settings Default Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 543
for fax Settings for administrators • Administrator password To maintain security, the administrator of the machine should promptly change the password after the machine is purchased. (For the factory default administrator password, see "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide.) To - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 544
the following pages of this chapter. System settings screen (factory default state) System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 545
your login name / E-mail address / password. User Authentication OK Login Name User Name E-mail Address Password Auth to: Server 1 Login name, password and E-mail address Enter your user number. OK User number Admin Login • Check with your administrator for the user information that is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 546
BBB DDD DDD FFF FFF Admin Login 1 25 Direct Entry and enter a user registration number with the numeric keys to directly password that is stored on the LDAP server. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. If a password , the system settings can be used. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 547
). • To configure and store LDAP settings, click [Network Settings] and then [LDAP Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) • When Auto Clear activates, logout automatically takes place. • To logout... Press the [LOGOUT] key ( ). (Except when entering a fax number.) 131 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 548
Box List X All Sending Address List ■ Address Control ● Direct Address/Program X Individual Fax • Search Number • Name • Initial • Index • Fax No. • Key Name • Mode X Group Search Number Group Name Initial Index Address Key Name Factory default setting - - - - - Page 134 134 135 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 549
Item Factory default setting X Program Program Name - Settings • Address - • Resolution - • Exposure - • Special Modes - X Modify / Delete - ● F-Code Memory Box X Store Polling Memory • Box Name - • Sub Address - Confidential • Box Name - • Sub Address - • Print - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 550
, and the All Sending Address List. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 551
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 552
will appear. Enter up to 10 characters. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. The initials you enter here determine the position of the one-touch key in the ABC index. 8 Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Search Number 001 Name AAA AAA - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 553
[Frequent Use] index. 10 Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Next Fax Search Number 001 Name AAA AAA Initial A Fax No. Index User 1 Exit 1/2 Touch the [Fax No.] key. Direct Address / Individual Next No.001 Fax No. Cancel Enter the Fax No. via the 10-Key pad, then press - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 554
the [Key Name] key, edit the name, and then touch the [OK] key. Up to 18 characters can be entered for the key name. Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Next Fax Search Number 001 Registration is completed. Key Name AAA AAA Mode 33.6 kbps/None Exit 2/2 14 (1) Direct - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 555
15 Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Next Fax Search Number 001 Registration is completed. Key Name AAA AAA Mode 33.6 kbps/None Exit 2/2 been prohibited using "Disable Registering Destination from Operation Panel" (page 177) in the system settings for fax (administrator). 139 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 556
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 557
that will appear. Up to 10 characters can be entered. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. The initials you enter here determine the position of the one-touch key in the ABC index. 7 Direct Address / Group Search Number 001 Group Name BBB BBB Initial - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 558
] key. 10 • Touch the [OK] key. "Registration is completed." will appear. • Keys that cannot be stored as group keys are grayed out to prevent selection. • To directly enter a destination fax number or check the selected destinations, see "Direct entry" (page 143) and "Checking addresses" (page 143 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 559
touch the [Fax] key, and enter the fax number. • To check the destinations that have been selected, touch the [Address Review] key in the address selection screen. been enabled in the system settings for fax (administrator), it will not be possible to directly enter a destination fax number. 143 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 560
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 561
No.1 Program Name CCC CCC 6 Settings Address Exposure Special Modes Next Exit Resolution Touch the [Settings] key. Enter program you require. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings 7 (1) (2) Cancel OK Address Book Address Review Special Modes Select settings for the program. (1) Select the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 562
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 563
(2) 6 Program No.1 Program Name CCC CCC Settings Address Exposure Special Modes 13 5 Erase Delete Exit 4 Addresses Resolution Text Standard Direct Address / Modify/Delete E-mail Internet Fax Delete Fax Search Number 001 Name AAA AAA Initial A Fax No. 0123456789 Index User 1 Exit - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 564
as an end receiving machine in an F-code relay broadcast transmission. ☞ Editing and Deleting F-code Memory Boxes (page 157) • The key is specified as a forwarding destination as explained in "FORWARDING A RECEIVED FAX TO AN E-MAIL ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings)" (page 104). If the key is used - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 565
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 566
the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Touch the [Sub Address] key. F-Code Memory Box / Polling Memory Next Exit No.001 Sub Address / Passcode Cancel OK Enter the sub address / passcode via the 10-key pad,then press [OK]. 000000 / 111111 Enter a sub - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 567
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 568
For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Touch the [Sub Address] key. F-Code Memory Box / Confidential Next Exit No.001 Sub Address / Passcode Cancel OK Enter the sub address / passcode via the 10-key pad,then press [OK]. 000000 / 111111 Enter a sub - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 569
the Print PIN or need to verify the Print PIN, contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. 10 F-Code Memory Box / Confidential No.001 Registration is completed. Box Name Confidential RX Sub Address 000000 / 111111 Print PIN 0000 Next Exit Touch the [Exit] key. To program another - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 570
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 571
the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Touch the [Sub Address] key. F-Code Memory Box / Relay Broadcast Next Exit No.001 Sub Address / Passcode Cancel OK Enter the sub address / passcode via the 10-key pad,then press [OK]. 000000 / 111111 Enter a sub - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 572
in the system settings for fax (administrator), direct entry will not be possible. (1) Touch the [Direct Entry] key. (2) Enter fax number with the numeric keys. (3) Touch the [OK] key. • To check the addresses that have been entered, touch the [Address Review] key in the address selection screen. To - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 573
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 574
Example: Editing/deleting a memory box for polling memory F-Code Memory Box / Polling Memory No.001 Box Name Polling Memory Sub Address 000000/111111 Delete Exit 6 To edit the box... Touch the key of the item that you wish to change and then change the item in - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 575
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 576
must answer on the extension phone and begin fax reception manually. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 577
Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Admin Password] key. 3 System Settings Admin Password Cancel OK Enter the administrator password - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 578
Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control Logout Exit List Print (User) 1/3 Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Configure the desired system settings. Touch the items that you wish to configure and select - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 579
OK Login Name User Name Password Administrator Auth to: Login Locally Enter your user number. ● Login by user number Touch the [Admin Login] key. OK Admin Login In addition to login in by touching the [Admin Login] key, the system settings (administrator) can also be accessed when - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 580
if you are logging in after you pressed the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control Exit List Print (User) 1/3 Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Configure the desired - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 581
accessed with administrator rights, the following items appear. The factory default setting for each item is also shown. Depending on the machine specifications and peripheral devices installed, it may not be possible to use some settings. Item Factory default setting ■ Operation Settings ● Keys - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 582
Internet Fax*2 Fax X Default Exposure Settings Disable 200X200dpi 200X100dpi Standard Exposure Original Image Type Moiré Reduction X Must Input Next Address Key at Broadcast Setting X Scan Complete Sound Setting X The Number of File Name/Subject/Body Keys Displayed Setting X The Number of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 583
• Internet Fax • Fax Disable Direct Entry • E-mail • Internet Fax • Fax Disable PC-I-Fax Transmission*2 Disable PC-Fax Transmission ● Fax Settings X Fax Default Settings Fax Own Name and Number Set Dial Mode Setting Auto Wake Up Print Pause Time Setting Factory default setting Disable - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 584
Busy Recall in Case of Communication Error X Fax Receive Settings Number of Calls in Auto Reception Duplex Reception Setting Auto Receive Reduce Setting Print Style Setting Set the Telephone Number for Data Forwarding Factory default setting Page Volume: Middle Volume: Middle Volume - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 585
Junk Fax Number List ● Anti Junk Mail/Domain Name List*2 ● Inbound Routing List ● Document Admin List ● Web Setting List*3 ● Metadata Set List*4 ■ Enable/Disable Settings ● Image Send Settings X Disable Switching of Display Order X Disable Scan Function • PC Scan • USB Memory Scan Factory default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 586
Transmission*2 Disable Disable PC-Fax Transmission Disable *1 When a large capacity tray is installed. *2 When the internet fax expansion kit is installed. *3 When network connection is enable. *4 When the application integration module is installed. Factory default setting Page 187 187 187 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 587
screen of fax, Internet fax, and network scanner modes Exposure adjustment screen in [Scan to HDD] in base screen of document filing mode Initial value Ratio 100% Exposure level 3 (middle level) Auto Clear Setting The time until Auto Clear activates can be set to any number of minutes from 10 to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 588
to configure. To return all of the customized key settings to the factory default settings, touch the [Back to Default] key. System Settings Customize Key Setting Fax Customize 1 Special Modes Customize 2 File OK Customize 3 Quick File Back to Default 3 Touch the [Setup Items] key. If you do - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 589
. The customized keys in the base screen of the selected mode will change to reflect the settings. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Dual Page Scan Erase Address Review Customize keys 173 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 590
the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. Original Feeding Mode The following original feeding modes can be set to operate by default in image send mode. When a mode is frequently used, this saves you from having to select the mode in the special modes each time it - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 591
, and configure the settings. Default Display Setting Five screen selections are available for the base screen that appears when you press the [IMAGE SEND] key, or when you press the [CLEAR ALL] key ( ) in image send mode. • Scan • Internet Fax • Fax • Address Book (ABC) • Address Book (User) When - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 592
for Received Data Print This function holds received faxes and Internet faxes in memory without printing them. The faxes can be printed by entering a password (factory default setting: 0000) with the numeric keys. System Settings Hold Setting for Received Data Print OK Received Data Hold - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 593
Internet Fax • Fax (When the [Select/Cancel All] key is touched, all settings become . When the key is touched in the checked condition, all settings become .) Disable Registration Using Network Scanner Tools (When network connection is enabled.) Disable address control from the Network Scanner Tool - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 594
Fax Default Settings The fax default settings can be configured to suit the needs of your workplace. Touch the [Image Send Settings] key, the [Fax Settings] key, and then the [Fax Default Settings] key to configure the settings. Fax Own Name and Number Set Use this setting to enter the fax number - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 595
distort a transmitted fax image. When ECM (Error Correction Mode) is turned on, pages that are distorted are automatically re-transmitted. To enable this setting, select the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. This setting is enabled by factory default. If the other machine supports Super G3, ECM - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 596
all pages have been scanned. Note that this setting does not apply to manual transmission. To enable this setting, select the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. Printing Page Number at Receiver This setting is used to add the page number to the top of each fax page printed by the receiving machine. To - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 597
use is automatically assigned when you begin the storing procedure. This number cannot be changed. Storing a sender name 1 Touch the [Enter] key. 2 Touch the [Name] key. System Settings Registration of Own Name Select Next Exit No.01 Name Deleting a sender name 1 Touch the [Modify/Delete] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 598
-attempt a call when manual transmission or direct transmission is used. Recall in Case of Communication Error This setting determines whether or not your machine will re-attempt the call if a fax transmission fails due to a line error. The number of recall attempts can be set to1 and the interval - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 599
Settings Set the Telephone Number for Data Forwarding OK Enter the dial number of data recipient via the 10-key pad. Pause Sub Address Enter the forwarding fax number with the numeric keys. To insert a pause between digits of the number, touch the [Pause] key. If you wish to specify an F-code - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 600
OK] key. When a finisher is installed, enter the number of copies and then touch the keys for the desired staple position and paper size. System Settings Fax Output Settings Enter the number of prints via the 10-key pad. Prints 1 OK 2/2 Staple Settings 81/2x11 or 11x17 81/2x11 or 81/2x14 81 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 601
Passcode Number Setting" below. Passcode Number Setting When the Polling Security Setting is enabled (see above), use this setting to store (or delete) the fax numbers of the machines that are allowed to poll your machine. The stored fax numbers are called passcode numbers. Up to 10 passcode numbers - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 602
a list of the Anti Junk fax numbers stored using "Anti Junk Fax Setting" (page 183) in the system settings for fax (administrator). Anti Junk Mail/Domain Name List (When the Internet Fax expansion kit is installed.) This prints a list of the anti junk address/domain names that have been stored - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 603
Printer Condition Settings. The settings are linked together (changing one setting changes the other). Image Send Settings Disable Switching of Display Order This is used to prohibit changes to the order of display (order search number, ascending, descending) in the Address Book. When this setting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 604
Direct Entry This prohibits the direct entry of the address. To use this setting, select the checkboxes of the desired items from the followings and touch the [OK] key. • E-mail • Internet Fax • Fax (When the [Select/Cancel All] key is touched, all settings become . When the key is touched in the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 605
Facsimile Guide MODEL: MX-FXX1 MX4500-US-FAX-Z2 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 606
Copier Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 607
TWO MACHINES TO COPY A LARGE NUMBER OF ORIGINALS (Tandem Copy 71 USING A DIFFERENT PAPER TYPE FOR COVERS (Covers/Inserts 74 • INSERTING COVERS IN COPIES (Cover Settings 75 • INSERTING INSERT SHEETS IN COPIES (Insert Settings 78 • CHANGING COVER/INSERT SETTINGS (Page Layout 81 ADDING INSERTS - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 608
135 REVERSING BLACK AND WHITE IN A COPY (B/W Reverse 137 ADJUSTING RED/GREEN/BLUE IN COPIES (RGB Adjust 139 ADJUSTING THE SHARPNESS OF AN IMAGE (Sharpness 141 WHITENING FAINT COLORS IN COPIES (Suppress Background 143 ADJUSTING THE COLOR (Color Balance 145 ADJUSTING THE BRIGHTNESS OF A COPY - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 609
's hard drive are provided with the machine. When using the machine, read the appropriate manual for the feature you are using. Printed manuals Manual name Safety Guide Software Setup Guide Quick Start Guide Troubleshooting Facsimile Quick Reference Guide Contents This manual contains instructions - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 610
each mode. To view the PDF manuals, download them from the hard drive in the machine. The procedure for downloading the manuals is explained in "How to download the manuals in PDF format" in the Quick Start Guide. Manual name Contents User's Guide This manual provides information, such as basic - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 611
COPY SYSTEM JOB STATUS SETTINGS LOGOUT (6) (7) (8) (9) Ready to scan for copy. 0 (10) (1) Full Color Color Mode (2) Job Detail Settings (3) Auto Exposure 100 original. When the original size is set manually, the display shows "Manual". When an original is not placed, nothing appears. ☞ ORIGINAL - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 612
touch the tray. (10) Number of copies display This shows the number of copies set. (11) [2-Sided settings or functions that you like. The keys are changed in "Customize Key Setting" in the system settings (administrator see the Document Filing Guide. When the system settings screen is displayed, the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 613
are selected with "Customize Key Setting" in the system settings (administrator). The screen when the customized keys are set to [Special Modes], [Margin These 3 keys can be changed as desired. System Settings (Administrator): Customize Key Setting This is used to select the customized keys that - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 614
in the order shown below to ensure that the copy operation takes place smoothly. For detailed procedures for selecting the settings, see the explanation of each setting in this guide. Place the original. Place the original in the document feeder tray of the automatic document feeder, or on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 615
Offset Output settings OK Right Tray Saddle Stitch Punch Select copy output settings. The main settings are as Number of copies (sets) setting Set the number of copies (number of sets). 7 2-Sided Copy Document filing settings Ready to scan for copy. Full Color Color Mode Job Detail Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 616
check what special modes are selected and the settings of each mode. To cancel all settings, press the [CLEAR ALL] key ( ). When the [CLEAR ALL] key ( ) is pressed, all settings selected to that point are cleared and you if you want to cancel the job. Touch the [Yes] key in the message screen. 10 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 617
the same size of paper as the original is not selected automatically. In this event, change the paper size manually. • To change the paper size selection, touch the [Job Detail Settings] key and then the [Paper Select] key, or touch the paper size display (A). The following screen appears when the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 618
the numeric keys. 7 2-Sided Copy 4 • Up to 999 can be set. • A single copy can be made even if "0" appears for the number of copies. If an incorrect number of copies is set... Press the [CLEAR] key ( ) and then enter the correct number. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 619
size manually. • To change the paper size selection, touch the [Job Detail Settings] key Set the number of copies (sets) with the numeric keys. 7 2-Sided Copy 4 • Up to 999 can be set. • A single copy can be made even if "0" appears for the number of copies. If an incorrect number of copies is set - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 620
remaining originals. Even if a color mode is selected, copying will take place in black and white if the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ) is pressed. Remove the original and place the next original, and then press the [COLOR or START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & 6 WHITE START] key ( ). If you are - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 621
must not be higher than the indicator line. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [2-Sided Copy] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 622
the same size of paper as the original is not selected automatically. In this event, change the paper size manually. • To change the paper size selection, touch the [Job Detail Settings] key and then the [Paper Select] key, or touch the paper size display (A). The following screen appears when - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 623
. • If you are only making a single copy, the copy can be made with the copy number display showing "0". If an incorrect number of copies is set... Press the [CLEAR] key ( ) and then enter the correct number. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key 8 ( ). To cancel - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 624
prevent correct detection of the document size. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [2-Sided Copy] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 625
the same size of paper as the original is not selected automatically. In this event, change the paper size manually. • To change the paper size selection, touch the [Job Detail Settings] key and then the [Paper Select] key, or touch the paper size display (A). The following screen appears when - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 626
set. • A single copy can be made even if "0" appears for the number of copies. If an incorrect number of copies is set... Press the [CLEAR] key ( ) and then enter the correct number each of the remaining originals. Remove the original and place the next 10 To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 627
are color or black and white can be set using "Detect Standard in Auto Color Mode" in the system settings (administrator). SELECTING THE COLOR MODE Place the original. and the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ) as appropriate to manually switch between color copying and black and white copying. 21 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 628
selected, copying will take place in black and white if the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ) is pressed. System Settings (Administrator): Detect Standard in Auto Color Mode When the color mode is set to auto, the discrimination point for detecting whether originals are color or black and white can be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 629
exposure adjustment operates by default to automatically adjust the manually adjust the exposure level, follow the steps below. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Full Color Color Mode Job Detail Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 630
the image seems too light or too dark when [Auto] is selected, the exposure level can be adjusted using "Copy Exposure Adjustment" in the system settings (administrator). 24 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 631
Exposure Copy of Copy Color Tone Enhancement Manual 4 Auto Text/ Prtd.Photo Printed Photo Text OK 1/2 Text the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). System Settings (Administrator): Copy Exposure Adjustment The exposure level used for automatic exposure adjustment can be adjusted. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 632
If the original size is a non-standard size, automatic ratio selection cannot be used unless the original size is entered manually. Full Color Color Mode Auto Auto 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Open the paper settings screen. Original Paper Select Job Detail Plain Output (1) Touch the [Job Detail - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 633
that it is no longer highlighted. • To return the ratio to 100%... To return the ratio setting to 100%, touch the [Copy Ratio] key to display the ratio menu and then touch the [100%] key. MANUALLY SELECTING THE RATIO (Preset ratios/Zoom) The enlargement and reduction keys can be used to select - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 634
(A) can be set to show any ratio using "Add or Change Extra Preset Ratios" in the system settings (administrator). Copy Ratio the paper. (B) Touch the [Job Detail Settings] key and Full Color Color Mode Auto for the ratio. 5 Job Detail Settings Plain Special Modes81/2x11 Special Modes - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 635
to 100%, touch the [Copy Ratio] key to display the ratio menu and then touch the [100%] key. System Settings (Administrator): Add or Change Extra Preset Ratios Two enlargement preset ratios (101% to 400%) and two reduction preset ratios (25% to 99%) can be added. An - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 636
(XY Zoom) The XY Zoom feature allows the horizontal and vertical copy ratios to be changed separately. Both the horizontal and vertical ratios can be set from 25% to 400% in increments of 1%. When 50% is selected for the horizontal ratio and 70% is selected for the vertical ratio Originals Copies - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 637
the zoom keys (B) to set the horizontal (X) ratio. (A) A preset ratio can be touched to set the ratio from keys (B) to set the vertical (Y) ratio. (A) A preset ratio be touched to set the ratio from key. (C) Touch the [Job Detail Settings] key and Full Color Color Mode Auto Detail Settings Plain - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 638
the originals are copied. • If you placed the original on the document glass, scan each 10 page one page at a time. If you are using the sort function or other function that % to 200%. To cancel an XY zoom setting... To cancel an XY Zoom setting, touch the [XY Zoom] key or the [Cancel] key. 32 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 639
settings The standard sizes are set in "Original Size Detector Setting" in the system settings (administrator). The factory default setting size may be displayed or the original size may not appear. In this event, manually set the correct original size. ☞ SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SIZE (page 35) • When - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 640
result. For more information on placing the original, see "3. ORIGINAL" in the User's Guide. [Example 1] Document feeder tray Document glass abc Place the original with the corners aligned mode. Rotation can be disabled using "Rotation Copy Setting" in the system settings (administrator). 34 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 641
When the original size is a non-standard size or is not detected correctly, manually specify the original size. Ready to scan for copy. Touch the [Job Detail Settings] key. 0 Full Color Color Mode 1 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 642
touch the [Original] key again and enter the correct numbers. • If the correct numbers appear, touch the [Job Detail Settings] key to return to the base screen of copy mode. The original size display in the base screen will show "Manual". STORING FREQUENTLY USED ORIGINAL SIZES You can save special - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 643
Sided Copy Original Paper Select Job Detail Plain Output 2 Settings Auto Special Modes8 x11 Special Modes Exposure File 100% Copy key. Original X151/2 Y81/2inch X17 Y11inch 6 Recall Store/Delete OK Auto Manual Custom Size Touch the [OK] key. The stored original size will be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 644
2-Sided Copy Original Paper Select Job Detail Plain Output 2 Settings Auto Special Modes8 x11 Special Modes Exposure File 100% Copy /2x14 Standard Size 11x17 Size Input Touch the [Custom Size] key. OK Auto Manual Custom Size Original X151/2 Y81/2inch 4 Recall (2) (1) (3) Call up the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 645
81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Original Paper Select Job Detail Plain Output 2 Settings Auto Special Modes8 x11 Special Modes Exposure File 100% Copy Ratio Size] key. OK Auto Manual Custom Size Original X151/2 Y81/2inch 4 Recall (2) Store/Delete (1) OK Auto Manual Custom Size A custom size - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 646
17 (2 1/2 17) inch 11 (2 1/2 11 5/8) inch Recall Store/Delete Auto Manual Custom Size (1), (2) (3) 6 Change the original size. (1) Enter the X ( key. Original X17 Y11inch 7 Recall Store/Delete OK Auto Manual Custom Size Touch the [OK] key. To cancel the operation... Press the [CLEAR ALL] - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 647
the [Original] key. Original Paper Select Job Detail Plain Output 2 Settings Auto Special Modes8 x11 Special Modes Exposure File 100% Copy Ratio Size] key. OK Auto Manual Custom Size Original X151/2 Y81/2inch 4 Recall (2) Store/Delete (1) OK Auto Manual Custom Size A custom size - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 648
☞ Staple sort function / Saddle stitch function (page 44) When this key is touched, the saddle stitch setting screen appears. (Only when "Automatic Saddle Stitch" is enabled in the system settings (administrator).) (10) [Punch] key This is used to punch holes in the output. ☞ Punch function (page 45 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 649
Group mode This function groups copies by page. Example: Groups of 5 copies of each page Originals Output Set the number of copies (5). LOGOUT Output Touch the [Output] key. Set the number of copies (5). LOGOUT Output Touch the [Output] key. Sort Touch the [Sort] key. Group Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 650
Applicable paper sizes 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 11"R, A3, B4, A4R Number of sheets that can be stapled: Max. 10 sheets* * Two 56 lbs. (209 g/m2) sheets can be inserted as in the special modes is used with the "Same Width" setting, the maximum number of sheets that can be stapled is 25 for a saddle - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 651
Punch function If an optional punch module is installed, holes can be punched in output. Paper that can be punched is 11" x 17" to 8-1/2" x 11" (16 lbs. to 56 lbs.) (A3 to B5R (60 g/m2 to 209 g/m2)). 12" x 18" (A3W) sized paper, transparency film, tab paper and other special types of paper cannot be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 652
on paper that can be loaded in the bypass tray, see the Safety Guide. For precautions and other important information when loading paper in the 2x11R 4 81/2x14 11x17 Plain Plain Plain Plain 81/2x11 Plain (A) (B) OK Set the type and size of paper loaded in the bypass tray. (A) Shows the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 653
used. Recycled Color Labels Envelope 1/2 Bypass Tray Type/Size Setting Type OK Set the paper size. Type Plain Size 12x18,11x17,81/2x14 8K B5R,216x330(81/2x13) 11x17,81/2x11 16KR size. On the MX-3500/4500 series, touch the [Manual] key, touch the Custom Size X17 Y11 2/2 [8K], [16K - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 654
screen will appear when the [Interrupt] key is pressed. Enter your user name and password to log in. The number of copies made will be added to the count of the user that logged in. • Depending on the settings of the job in progress, the [Interrupt] key may not appear. • Depending on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 655
spool screen that shows print jobs that have been spooled and encrypted PDF jobs that are waiting to be printed. This section explains the (4) Stop/Delete (5) Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (6) Complete Computer01 Copy Computer02 Set Time Sets Status 14:38 12/09 010/010 OK 14 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 656
on the spool screen, see the Printer Guide. Job key display Each job key shows Number of copies (sets) entered This shows the number of copies (sets) specified. (5) Number of completed copies This shows the number of copies (sets Error" An error occurred while the job was being executed. Clear the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 657
Waiting 002 / 000 Waiting Spool 1/1 Job Queue Complete Detail Priority Stop/Delete Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Job Queue Copy Computer01 Copy 0312345678 Sets / Progress Status 020 / 001 Copying 020 / 000 Waiting 020 / 000 Waiting 002 / 000 Waiting Spool 1/1 Job - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 658
appear. Job Queue Computer01 Copy Copy 0312345678 Sets / Progress Status 020 / 001 Printing 020 / 000 Waiting 020 / 000 Waiting 002 / 000 Waiting Spool 1/1 Job Queue Complete Detail Priority Stop/Delete Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Detail of Copy OK 020/000 Waiting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 659
to Fax Job Internet Fax Complete Computer01 Copy Computer02 Set Time Sets Guide. If you touch a key in the job list followed by the [Detail] key, the following screen will appear. Detail of Copy File Name: Size:81/2x11 Copy_08012005_134050PM Resolution:600X600dpi OK Call 1/2 Date:08/01 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 660
1. Touch the [Special Modes] key in the base screen of copy mode. The explanations in this guide generally assume that this method is used. Ready to scan for copy. Full Color Color Mode Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 661
Dual Page Copy Tandem Copy OK (7) 1/4 (8) (6) (5) [Job Build] key When you have a very large number of originals, this can be used to scan the originals in separate sets. ☞ COPYING A LARGE NUMBER OF ORIGINALS AT ONCE (Job Build) (page 69) (6) [Tandem Copy] key Two machines connected to the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 662
] key Use this to print the date, a stamp, the page number and/or text on copies. ☞ PRINTING THE DATE AND A STAMP ON Guide. (6) [Proof Copy] key This feature prints only one set of copies, regardless of how many sets have been specified. After the first set is checked for errors, the remaining sets - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 663
Reverse) (page 137) (1) (2) (3) Special Modes Stamp Quick File Image Edit File Color Adjustments Proof Copy OK 3/4 Color Adjustments RGB Adjust Sharpness Color Balance Brightness OK Suppress Background Intensity (1) [RGB Adjust] key This is used to strengthen or weaken one of the three - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 664
Mode Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 0 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick File When one or more special modes are selected, the key appears in the base screen. Function Review Shift:Right - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 665
1 1 Margin shift positions Left edge 1 The punch holes cut off part of the image 1 The image is shifted to the right to allow space . 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 666
with margin shift. To cancel the margin shift setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 4. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Margin Shift Setting The default margin shift setting can be set from 0" to 1" (0 mm to 20 mm). The factory default setting is "1/2" (10 mm)". 60 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 667
, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 668
to 50%, the erase width will be 1/2" (10 mm). To cancel the erase setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 4. System Settings (Administrator): Erase Width Adjustment The default erase width can be set from 0" to 1" (0 mm to 20 mm). The factory default setting is "1/2" (10 mm)". 62 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 669
OK 81/2x11 Plain Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode Original 11x17 2-Sided Copy 3 Job Detail Settings Plain 81/2x11 Output Special Modes Auto 1. 81/2x11 Exposure 2. 81/2x11R File 100% Copy Ratio Auto Image 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Quick File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 670
Special Modes Margin Shift Erase 4 Pamphlet Copy Job Build Dual Page Copy Tandem Copy OK 1/4 (1) (2) Select Dual Page Copy. (1) Touch the [Dual Page Copy] key so that it is highlighted. (2) Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. Press the [COLOR START] key ( - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 671
, place them in the document feeder tray. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 672
Cancel OK 6 Original 1-Sided 2-Sided Left Right Binding Binding Cover Setting Specify whether or not a cover will be added. If a different used for the cover, touch the [Cover Setting] key. If a cover will not be added, go to step 10. Cover Setting Print on Cover 7 Yes No Cancel OK - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 673
2-Sided 9 Cancel OK Paper Tray Bypass Tray 81/2x11 Plain To cancel cover settings... Touch the [Cancel] key. Special Modes OK Pamphlet Copy Cancel OK 10 Original 1-Sided 2-Sided Left Right Binding Binding Cover Setting Touch the [OK] key. Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 674
paper. Blank pages may be automatically produced at the end depending on the number of original pages. • When a saddle stitch finisher is installed, saddle of step 4. System Settings (Administrator): Automatic Saddle Stitch When a saddle stitch finisher is installed, this setting can be enabled to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 675
that can be inserted. This function is convenient when you wish to sort copies of a large number of originals into multiple sets because all originals are copied as a single job, which saves you the trouble of sorting the copies that would be required if the originals were divided into separate copy - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 676
] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). You must use the same [START] key that you used to scan the first set of originals to scan each of the remaining sets. Repeat this step until all originals have been scanned. Touch the [Read-End] key. If the Quick File Folder of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 677
share a job. • To use the tandem copy function, "Tandem Connection Setting" must be configured in the system settings (administrator). • When configuring the system settings in the master machine, the IP address of the slave machine is required. For the port number, it is best to use the initial - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 678
so that it is highlighted. (2) Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. Set the number of copies with the numeric keys. Up to 999 can be set. When the [COLOR START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ) is pressed, the copies will automatically be divided - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 679
copying is not possible. To cancel tandem copy... Touch the [Tandem Copy] key in the screen of step 3 so that it is not highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Tandem Connection Setting This must be configured to use the tandem function. This can also be used to disable the tandem function. 73 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 680
insert function, place the originals in the document feeder tray, select 1-sided or 2-sided copying, and select the number of copies and any other desired copy settings. When these settings have been completed, perform the procedure to select covers/inserts. • The originals must be scanned using the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 681
must not be higher than the indicator line. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 682
used. Tab paper can only be inserted. Special Modes OK Covers/Inserts Cancel OK 6 Front Cover Insertion Type A Setting Insertion Paper Tray Settings Insertion Settings Back Cover Type B Setting Page Layout If you wish to insert a back cover, touch the [Back Cover] key. The screen of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 683
used in combination with the saddle stitch function. • The document glass cannot be used. • Cover settings cannot be selected if insertion of covers and inserts is disabled in the System Settings (Administrator). To cancel cover sheet insertion... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 4. 77 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 684
must not be higher than the indicator line. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 685
used. Tab paper can only be inserted. Special Modes OK Covers/Inserts Cancel OK Insertion Paper Tray 6 Front Cover Back Cover Type A Setting Insertion Type B Setting Insertion Settings Settings Page Layout If you wish to insert a different type of insert sheet, touch the [Insertion Type - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 686
page where the highlighted insert will be inserted. (2) Enter the page number where the insert sheet will be inserted with the numeric keys. (3) Touch Front Cover Insertion Type A Setting Insertion Paper Tray Settings Back Cover Insertion Type B Setting Settings Page Layout Touch the [OK - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 687
( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). 10 Copying of the originals in the document feeder tray begins. To cancel saddle stitch function. • Insert settings cannot be selected if insertion of covers and inserts is disabled in the system settings (administrator). To cancel insert sheet - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 688
3 Front Cover Type A Setting Insertion Insertion Settings Settings Back Cover Type B Setting Page Layout Touch the [Page sided copy : Do not copy For inserts, the insertion page also appears. represents a page number. /-: Copy only on front side at page / : 2-sided copy at page / < - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 689
type, touch the [Insertion Type A] key or the [Insertion Type B] key. The paper setting for insert A and insert B cannot be changed. (2) If you wish to change the insertion page of the insert, enter the desired page number with the numeric keys and touch the [Enter] key. (3) Touch the [OK] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 690
Special Modes OK Covers/Inserts Cancel OK 8 Front Cover Insertion Type A Setting Insertion Paper Tray Settings Back Cover Insertion Type B Setting Settings Page Layout Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. 84 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 691
rear left. Full Color Color Mode Auto Auto 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Open the paper settings screen. Original Paper Select Job Detail Plain Output (1) Touch the [Job Detail Settings] key. Settings Special Modes8 x18 Special Modes 2 Auto Exposure (2) Touch the [Paper Select] key. File 100 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 692
] key is touched, you will return to the job detail setting screen. Touch the [Job Detail Settings] key to return to the base screen of copy mode. key. Full Color Color Mode Original 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy 6 Job Detail Settings OHP 81/2x11 Output Special Modes Auto 1. 81/2x11 Exposure 2. 81/ - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 693
Special Modes OK Set the insertion conditions for the inserts. Transparency Inserts Cancel OK Print on . To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). • The number of copies cannot be selected in this mode. • When performing 2-sided copying, only "2-sided to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 694
, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 695
. If needed, the images will be rotated. (2) Select the layout. Select the order in which the originals will be arranged on the copy. Shot number Layout 2in1 4in1 The arrows in the above diagram indicate how the images are arranged. (3) Select the border. Solid lines, broken lines, or no lines - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 696
25%. The original size, paper size, and selected number of original pages may require that the ratio be less than 25%. As copying will take place at 25% in this case, part of the original images may be cut off. To cancel the multi shot setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 697
in the same layout as the original. 1 3 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 1 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick File Special - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 698
cannot be selected if insertion of covers and inserts is disabled in the system settings (administrator). Cover Setting Print on Cover 5 Yes No Cancel OK Paper Tray Bypass Tray 81/2x11 Plain If the cover sheet will be copied on, touch the [Yes] - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 699
pages and press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). 10 or You must use the same [START] key that you used to scan the first set of originals to scan each of the remaining sets. Repeat this step until all original pages have been scanned. Scan the original pages - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 700
paper. Blank pages may be automatically added at the end depending on the number of original pages. • If a saddle stitch finisher is installed, the book copy is selected, 2-sided copying is automatically selected. When settings that prevent 2-sided copying are selected, the book copy function cannot - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 701
COPYING CAPTIONS ONTO TAB PAPER (Tab Copy) Captions can be copied onto the tabs of tab paper. Prepare appropriate originals for the tab captions. GHI DEF ABC ABC GHI DEF ABC Prepare originals that match the tab heights The image is shifted with the width of the tab RELATION BETWEEN THE ORIGINALS - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 702
tray, or face down on the document glass. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 703
) plus 20 mm). Full Color Color Mode Auto 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Open the paper settings screen. Original Paper Select Job Detail Plain Output (1) Touch the [Job Detail Settings] key. Settings Special Modes8 x18 Special Modes 6 Auto Exposure (2) Touch the [Paper Select] key. File 100 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 704
and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). To cancel tab copy... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 4. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Tab Copy Setting The default image shift width can be set from 0" to 5/8" (0 mm to 20 mm). The factory default setting is "1/2" (10 mm)". 98 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 705
This function is convenient for making copies for identification purposes and helps save paper. Originals Front Copies Back Example of an 8-1/2" ] key is touched, you will return to the job detail setting screen. Touch the [Job Detail Settings] key to return to the base screen of copy mode. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 706
the Y (vertical) dimension of the original with the keys. (A) The [Size Reset] key can be pressed to return the horizontal and vertical dimensions to the values set in "Card Shot Settings" in the system settings (administrator). (B) To enlarge or reduce the images to fit the paper based on - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 707
of step 6. System Settings (Administrator): Card Shot Settings This is used to set the values to which the size returns when the [Size Reset] key is pressed. 1" to 8-1/2" (25 mm to 210 mm) can be entered for both the horizontal and vertical dimensions. The factory default settings are 3-3/8" (86 mm - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 708
positions are separated into areas that are used for the date, page number and text (A below), and areas that are used for a stamp (B below). of the copy ratio or paper size setting. • Text will be printed at the preset exposure regardless of the exposure setting. • Depending on the size of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 709
corner of the paper. AUG/01/2005 Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 710
Layout Cancel OK 1/2 5 Date Stamp Page Numbering Text Touch the [Date] key. Date Cancel OK Set the date format. YYYY/MM/DD / Bk(Black) First Page Print Color (1) Touch the key that shows the desired date 6 MM/DD/YYYY DD/MM/YYYY . - AUG/01 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 711
the date that is set in the machine using "Clock" in the system settings. Date YYYY/MM/DD 01/2005 All Pages Date Change Select the pages that the date will be printed on and touch the [OK] key. Select printing on the first page only, or printing on all pages. 10 Stamp Date Page Numbering - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 712
not, touch the checkbox to remove the checkmark . • When copying on covers/inserts is not selected, printing will not take place even if a checkmark appears. • This setting cannot be selected if insertion of covers and inserts is disabled in the system settings (administrator). 13 Stamp Original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 713
tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 714
left key. The appearance of the keys varies by position. If a "Stamp" is set without selecting a position, the stamp will be printed in the top left position. Stamp Layout Cancel OK 1/2 Date Stamp 5 Page Numbering Text Touch the [Stamp] key. Stamp Cancel OK Touch the key of the stamp - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 715
Smaller 10 Stamp Date Page Numbering Stamp remove the checkmark . • When copying on covers/inserts is not selected, printing will not take place even if a checkmark appears. • This setting cannot be selected if insertion of covers and inserts is disabled in the system settings (administrator - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 716
cannot be edited. • To cancel the stamp... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 4. • To cancel the stamp setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 6. PRINTING PAGE NUMBERS ON COPIES (Page Numbering) Page numbers can be printed on copies. The position, color, format, and page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 717
cannot be selected in multiple positions. If the [Page Numbering] key is touched when Page Numbering has already been set, a message will appear asking you if you wish to move the page numbers to the selected position. If you wish to move the page numbers, touch the [Yes] key. If not, press the [No - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 718
for the total pages, which means that the number of scanned original pages is automatically set as the total pages. If you need to set the total pages manually, such as when a large number of originals are divided into sets for scanning, touch the [Manual] key to display the total pages entry screen - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 719
(1) Touch the [Manual] key. (2) Set the first number, the last number, and the "Printing Starts from Page" number. (1) (2) 9 Touch each key and enter a number with the numeric keys. (1 to 999) The [CLEAR] key ( ) can be pressed to return the setting of the selected item to the default value. If - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 720
Page Auto Manual 1 Page Number Touch the [OK] key. 14 Stamp Date Page Numbering Stamp Text numbers are never printed on front and back covers, regardless of this setting. • This setting cannot be selected if insertion of covers and inserts is disabled in the system settings (administrator - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 721
result is as follows: In this example, the page number is set at the bottom of the page and the date is set at the top, and thus the date does not move. Print settings Side 1 Side 2 Date AUG/01/2005 AUG/01/2005 AUG/01/2005 AUG/01/2005 Stamp No. Text CONFIDENTIAL CONFIDENTIAL 4 AAA AAA - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 722
, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 723
" and "Page Numbering" settings. • If 01 AAA AAA No.02 BBB BBB 7 No.03 3 No.04 No.05 No.06 (1) (2) Cancel OK 6 Direct Entry 1/5 Specify the text to be printed. The [Direct Entry] key can be touched to display the text entry screen. To enter text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 724
AAA AAA First Page printed on and touch the [OK] key. 9 Pre-Set Select printing on the first page only, or printing on all pages. All Pages Recall/Entry Store/Delete Bk(Black) Print Color 10 Stamp Date Page Numbering Stamp Text Layout Cancel OK 1/2 Touch the key. 11 Stamp Original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 725
color count. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Text settings can also be configured in the Web pages. Click [Application Settings], [Copy Settings] and then [Text Settings (Stamp)] in the Web page menu. • To cancel the stamp... Touch the [Cancel] key in - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 726
the screens. keys to switch through (2) Touch the [Stamp] key. Stamp Layout Cancel OK 1/2 Date Stamp 3 Page Text Numbering Touch the [Text] key. Text Cancel OK Touch the [Store/Delete] key. First Page 4 Pre-Set All Pages Bk(Black) Recall/Entry Store/Delete Print Color 120 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 727
AAA AAA 5 Text Store/Delete No.01 Do not copy No.02 Confidential No. Guide. When you have finished editing the text, touch the [OK] key. The text entry screen will close. Text settings can also be configured in the Web pages. Click [Application Settings], [Copy Settings] and then [Text Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 728
Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 1 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81 Touch the [Stamp] key. Stamp Date Stamp Layout Cancel OK 1/2 3 Page Numbering Text Touch the [Layout] key. If the layout is correct, touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 729
state of the settings. Not selected, stamp setting has not been selected. 6 Selected during selection of the stamp setting. Not available, stamp setting has already 45 6 1,2,3.. Touch the [OK] key. Stamp Layout Cancel OK 1/2 9 Date Stamp Page Numbering Text Touch the [OK] key. 123 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 730
a sheet of 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size paper. 16 copies are made on a sheet of 11" x 17" (A3) size paper. • Original size (to 2-1/8" x 3-5/8" (57 x 100 mm)) 10 copies are made on a sheet of 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size paper (95% ratio). Four copies are made on a sheet of 11" x 17" (A3) size paper. • Original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 731
Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick File Special Modes - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 732
cannot be changed.) However, for a business card size original (up to 2-1/8" x 3-5/8" (57 x 100 mm)), the images are reduced to 95%. To cancel the photo repeat setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 5. 126 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 733
image on 8 sheets of 11" x 17" (A3) paper) Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 1 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick File Special - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 734
11x17 812x14 34x44 44x68 812x11 Cancel (1) (2) OK OK 1/3 (3) 5 Set the enlargement size and the original size. (1) Select the enlargement size. selected original size and enlargement size. Check the placement orientation and the number of sheets of paper to be used for the enlarged image. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 735
in the screen. Ready to scan for copy. Copies will be delivered in 2 parts. 0 Touch the [OK] key. Image Edit OK 7 Multi-Page Enlargement Enlargement of settings is selected for which multi-page enlargement is not possible, invalid selection beeps will sound. • The paper size, number of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 736
, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 737
original to scan each of the remaining originals. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). To cancel the mirror image setting... Touch the [Mirror Image] key in the screen of step 4 so that it is not highlighted. 131 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 738
the original face down on the document glass. 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 11x17 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 739
in the bypass tray. 5 Pull out the extension tray, adjust the guides to the width of 12" x 18" (A3W) paper, and place the paper in the bypass tray. Full Color Color Mode Auto 12x18 2-Sided Copy Open the paper settings screen. Original Paper Select Job Detail Plain Output (1) Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 740
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying of the original on the document glass begins. If you are using the sort function or other function that requires 8 all originals to be scanned before the copies are printed, you must use the same [START] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 741
, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 742
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. • If you are using the document glass, copy each page one 5 page at a time. If you are using the sort function - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 743
to reduce toner consumption. Originals B/W Reverse copy Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 744
To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). ) cannot be used. When this function is selected, the exposure mode setting automatically changes to "Text". To cancel B/W reverse... Touch the [B/W Reverse] key in the screen of step 4 so that it is not highlighted. 138 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 745
"Adjusting red/green/blue in copies (RGB Adjust)" in the Quick Start Guide. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/ - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 746
glass, copy each page one page at a time. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). To cancel the RGB adjust setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 5. 140 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 747
) This is used to sharpen an image or make it softer. For an image adjustment example, see "Adjusting the sharpness of an image (Sharpness)" in the Quick Start Guide. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 748
the document glass, copy each page one page at a time. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). To cancel the sharpness setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 5. 142 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 749
, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 750
Adjustments Suppress Background OK Cancel OK Light areas of the original may be suppressed as background. 5 (1) Select suppress background settings. (1) Adjust the background suppression level. To strengthen the background suppression level (suppress darker backgrounds), touch the [-] key. To - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 751
, see "Adjusting the color (Color Balance)" in the Quick Start Guide. Light Dark 12345678 Each of the colors yellow, cyan, magenta, and 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 752
the letter in a key is highlighted, the settings have been changed from the factory default settings. (2) Select the gradation to be adjusted. 5 setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 5. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Color Balance Setting This is used to set the default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 753
"Adjusting the brightness of a copy (Brightness)" in the Quick Start Guide. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 754
document glass, copy each page one page at a time. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). To cancel the brightness setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 5. 148 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 755
"Adjusting the intensity of a copy (Intensity)" in the Quick Start Guide. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 756
scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). This function cannot be used in combination with "Color Tone Enhancement" in the copy exposure settings. To cancel the intensity setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 5. 150 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 757
Copy) This feature prints only one set of copies, regardless of how many sets have been specified. After the first set is checked for errors, the remaining sets can be printed. Normally it is necessary to re-scan the original each time changes to settings are required. However, this feature makes - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 758
End 6 To cancel copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). If there are no problems with the first set that is printed, touch the [End] key. If you need to make changes, touch the [Change] key. If the [End] key is touched, the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 759
( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). 9 One set of copies is printed again using the adjusted settings. The number of sets does not change at this time. If settings must be adjusted again, repeat steps 6 through 9 until there are no problems. When you are ready to print the remaining - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 760
and uses paper appropriate for that size. Originals Copies 8-1/2" x 14" 11" x 17" 8-1/2" x 14" 11" x 17" There are two settings for mixed size originals. Same Width Use this setting for originals that are different sizes but have sides that are the same length. The originals are inserted in - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 761
14" (B4) 11" x 17" 11" x 17" (A3) Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 11x17 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 762
(2) OK Cancel OK Place the same width originals. Select Mixed Size Original settings. (1) Touch the [Same Width] key or the [Different Width] key Press the [STOP] key ( ). • When "Different Width" is used on the MX-3501N/4501N, "2-Sided to 2-Sided" and "2-Sided to 1-Sided" of automatic two- - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 763
to scan thin originals using the automatic document feeder. This function helps prevent thin originals from misfeeding. A BC D ABCD Indicator 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 764
[STOP] key ( ). The "2-Sided to 2-Sided" and "2-Sided to 1-Sided" modes of automatic two-sided copying cannot be used. To cancel the slow scan mode setting... Touch the [Slow Scan Mode] key in the screen of step 3 so that it is not highlighted. 158 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 765
Select 2-sided copying Select margin shift Select punch hole settings When a job program is stored Press the [Program] key ( ). Job Programs Exit Press program number. 1 2 3 5 6 7 1/6 4 8 Recall Store/Delete Touch the stored program key. or Press the [COLOR START] key or the [BLACK - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 766
Deletion of Job Programs" is enabled in the system settings (administrator), this function cannot be used. To store, make 10 characters can be entered for the name. To enter text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. When you have finished entering the name, touch the [OK] key. The number - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 767
the [Exit] key. DELETING A JOB PROGRAM The procedure for deleting a job program is explained below. 1 LOGOUT Press the [PROGRAM] key ( ). Job Programs Press program number. 1 2 2 5 6 Recall Exit 1/6 3 4 7 8 Store/Delete Touch the [Store/Delete] tab. Job Programs Press program - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 768
Job Programs Press program number. 5 1 2 5 6 Recall Exit 1/6 3 4 7 8 Store/Delete Touch the [Exit] key. When "Disabling Deletion of Job Programs" is enabled in the system settings (administrator), this function cannot be used. 162 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 769
and inserts The following symbols are used to make the explanations easier to understand. The numbers that appear indicate what original a copy corresponds to, and will vary depending on the settings. Type Symbol Meaning Front cover when not copied on. Icon appearing in display Type Symbol - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 770
Covers (1-sided copying of 1-sided originals) 1-sided copies are made of the following 1-sided originals. 1st page 2nd page 3rd page 4th page 5th page 1 2 3 4 5 6th page 6 Cover copying condition Front cover Back cover No copying No copying Resulting copies 1 2 3 4 5 6 1- - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 771
Covers (2-sided copying of 1-sided originals) 2-sided copies are made of the following 1-sided originals. 1st page 2nd page 3rd page 4th page 5th page 1 2 3 4 5 6th page 6 6 6 Cover copying condition Front cover Back cover No copying No copying Resulting copies 1 3 5 4 2 1- - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 772
Covers (1-sided copying of 2-sided originals) 1-sided copies are made of the following 2-sided originals. 1st page 2nd page 3rd page 1 3 5 6 4 2 Cover copying condition Front cover Back cover No copying No copying Resulting copies 1 2 3 4 5 6 1-sided copying No copying 1 2 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 773
Covers (2-sided copying of 2-sided originals) 2-sided copies are made of the following 2-sided originals. 1st page 2nd page 3rd page 1 3 5 6 4 2 6 6 Cover copying condition Front cover Back cover No copying No copying Resulting copies 1 3 5 4 2 1-sided copying No copying 1 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 774
Inserts (copying of 1-sided originals) 1-sided and 2-sided copying is performed using the following 1-sided originals. The insert is added as the third page. 1st page 2nd page 3rd page 4th page 5th page 6th page 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 Insert copying condition No copying 1 Resulting copies ( - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 775
Copier Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N MX4500-US-CPY-Z1 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 776
REGULAR MAINTENANCE 52 • CLEANING THE DOCUMENT GLASS AND AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER 52 • CLEANING THE MAIN CHARGER OF THE PHOTOCONDUCTIVE DRUM 55 • CLEANING THE BYPASS FEED ROLLER . . . . . 55 • CLEANING THE ORIGINAL FEED ROLLER . . . . 55 • CLEANING THE LASER UNIT 56 REPLACING THE TONER - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 777
's hard drive are provided with the machine. When using the machine, read the appropriate manual for the feature you are using. Printed manuals Manual name Safety Guide Software Setup Guide Quick Start Guide Troubleshooting Facsimile Quick Reference Guide Contents This manual contains instructions - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 778
mode. To view the PDF manuals, download them from the hard drive in the machine. The procedure for downloading the manuals is explained in "How to download the manuals in PDF format" in the Quick Start Guide. Manual name Contents User's Guide (This manual) This manual provides information, such - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 779
information about the machine. Please read this chapter before using the machine. PART NAMES AND FUNCTIONS EXTERIOR (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) When using the MX-3501N/4501N When a finisher, paper pass unit and saddle stitch finisher (peripheral devices) are not installed. (8) When a finisher - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 780
create a pamphlet. A punch module can also be installed to punch holes in output. ☞ SADDLE STITCH FINISHER (page 45) (10) Tray 1 This holds paper. Up to 500 sheets of paper can be loaded. ☞ TRAY SETTINGS FOR TRAYS 1 TO 4 (page 23) (11) Tray 2 This holds paper. Up to 500 sheets of paper can be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 781
when removing a paper misfeed. This is used to power on the machine. When using the fax or Internet fax functions, keep this switch in the "On" position. ☞ TURNING THE POWER ON AND OFF (page 13) (22) Waste toner box This collects excess toner that remains after copying and printing. Your service - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 782
remove an original misfeed or clean the paper feed roller. (3) Original guides These help ensure that the original is scanned correctly. Adjust the guides placed in the document feeder tray are scanned here. ☞ REGULAR MAINTENANCE (page 52) (7) Original size detector This detects the size of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 783
connector to use the machine as a printer. For the USB cable, use a shielded type cable. (3) LAN connecter Connect the LAN cable to this connector when the machine is used on a network. For the LAN cable, use a shielded type cable. (4) Service-only connector When the fax expansion kit is installed - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 784
as an image file on the hard drive or print or transmit an image stored on the hard drive. ☞ Document Filing Guide [IMAGE SEND] key Press this key to select network scanner / fax mode to use the scanner function or fax function. ☞ Facsimile Guide ☞ Scanner Guide • LINE indicator This lights up - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 785
SETTINGS LOGOUT (10) [CLEAR ALL] key ( ) Press this key to return to the initial operation state. Use this key when you wish to cancel all settings scan an original in black and white. This key is also used to send a fax in fax mode. (13) [COLOR START] key ( ) Press this key to copy or scan an - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 786
manual is a descriptive image. The actual screen is slightly different. Using the touch panel Example 1 (1) Job Queue Copy Copy BBB BBB 0312345678 Sets Fax Job Internet Fax (2) (1) Settings . Function Review Shift:Right beep will sound. System Settings (Administrator): Keys Touch Sound This - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 787
scanner function. • The [Fax Job] key shows the list of transmission jobs that use the fax and PC-Fax functions. • The [Internet Fax] key shows the list of transmission jobs that use the Internet fax and PC-I-fax functions. For more information on the job status screen in each mode, see the manual - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 788
DATA and LINE indicators for image transmission and fax transmission and reception are not lit or blinking. Switching off the main power switch or removing the power cord from the outlet while any of the indicators are lit or blinking may damage the hard drive and cause data to be lost. • Switch off - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 789
help conserve natural resources and reduce environmental pollution. Preheat Mode Preheat mode automatically lowers the temperature of the fuser unit fusing unit if the machine remains in the standby state for the interval of time set in "Auto Power Shut-Off" in the system settings (administrator). - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 790
either screen appears, enter the user number or login name and password that you received from the administrator. Enter your user number. OK Admin Login Please enter your login name / password. User Authentication OK Login Name User Name Password Auth to: Login Locally When controlled by - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 791
will lock for 5 minutes if an incorrect user number is entered 3 times in a row. Verify the user number that you should use with the administrator of the machine. The administrator can clear the locked state. This is done from [User Control] and then [Default Settings] in the Web page menu. 16 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 792
User Registration" in the system settings (administrator). After entering the registration number, go to step 3. (A) (C) (D) Select your user name. (A) User selection keys Please select a user to be logged in. User 0001 User 0002 User 0003 User 0004 Back Admin Login 1 25 Direct Entry - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 793
enter your login name / password. User Authentication OK Login Name User Name Direct Entry Password Auth to: Login Locally Select number of pages remaining appears when page limits have been set in "Pages Limit Group Registration" in the system settings (administrator). (The remaining number - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 794
OK Login Name User Name User 0002 E-mail Address Password Auth to: Server 2 System Settings (Administrator): User Registration A user name is stored when a user is registered in "User Registration". Detailed information such as the login name, user number, and password are also stored. Ask the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 795
the Safety Guide. Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 (when a stand/1 x 500 sheet paper drawer or a stand/2 x 500 sheet paper drawer is installed) Tray 4 (when a stand/2 x 500 sheet paper drawer is installed) Bypass tray Tray 5 (when a large capacity tray is installed) Tray numbers The tray numbers manual - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 796
the machine, see the specifications in the Safety Guide and "Paper Tray Settings" in the System Settings Guide. Useable paper Remarks Tray 1 to the same specifications as plain paper. Contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department for advice on using these types of paper. Special media - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 797
transfer paper • Japanese paper • The reverse side of paper already printed on by another printer or copier. • Thin paper less than 15 lbs. (55 g/m2) • Heavy paper 57 your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department for advice on suitable paper. • The image quality and toner fusibility of paper may - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 798
10-1/2"R to size 11" x 17" (B5R to A3) can be loaded in trays 3 and 4. For detailed information on the paper that can be loaded, see the specifications in the Safety Guide and "Paper Tray Settings" in the System Settings Guide enabled in the system settings (administrator), insert letterhead and pre - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 799
out until it stops. If paper remains in the tray, remove it. 1 A 2 B 3 Adjust the guide plates A and B by squeezing their lock levers and sheets). If "Disabling of Duplex" is enabled in the system settings (administrator), insert letterhead and pre-printed paper with the print side face up - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 800
paper size and paper type. SYSTEM SETTINGS 6 Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Defau Addr Docu Be sure to change the paper size and paper type settings as explained in "Paper Tray Settings" in the System Settings Guide. When the size of paper used in a tray is changed - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 801
80 g/m2)). The paper size of tray 5 can only be changed by a SHARP service technician. For detailed information on the paper that can be loaded, see the specifications in the Safety Guide and "Paper Tray Settings" in the System Settings Guide. Pull out tray 5. Gently pull the tray out until it stops - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 802
the type of paper loaded in tray 5, change the paper type setting in "Paper Tray Settings" in the system settings. See the System Settings Guide to change the paper type setting. System Settings: Paper Tray Settings Change these settings when you change the type of paper loaded in the tray. 27 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 803
similar to the other trays. For detailed information on the paper that can be loaded, see the specifications in the Safety Guide and "Paper Tray Settings" in the System Settings Guide. Open the bypass tray. 1 When loading paper larger than 8-1/2" x 11"R or A4R, be sure to pull out the bypass tray - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 804
used. Recycled Color Labels Envelope 1/2 Bypass Tray Type/Size Setting Type OK Set the paper size. Type Recycled Auto-Inch Auto-AB Size China on the MX-2300/2700 series, touch the [8K], [16K], or [16KR] key to select the paper size. On the MX-3500/4500 series, touch the [Manual] key, touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 805
reload as a single stack. If paper is added without removing the remaining paper, a misfeed may result. • When using glossy paper, set the paper type to [Heavy Paper]. This will bring out the glossy quality of the paper. Inserting paper 7-1/4" x 10-1/2", A5 or less size paper must be inserted in the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 806
sure to remove each sheet as set them in the orientation shown below. Example of loading a envelope Only the address service technician. • Some operating environments may cause creasing, smudging, misfeeds, poor toner 10 mm around the edges of the envelope. • Print quality is not guaranteed on parts - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 807
to the envelopes, color deviations, or smudging may occur even if envelopes within the specifications are used. This problem may be alleviated by shifting the fusing unit pressure adjusting levers from their "normal pressure position" to the "lower pressure position". Follow the procedure on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 808
standard sizes (maximum size that can be specified manually) Copy mode: 297 mm (width) x Copier Guide. When a non-standard size original is placed for a fax or scanner transmission, see "SPECIFYING THE SCAN SIZE OF THE ORIGINAL" in the Facsimile Guide or Scanner Guide. Allowed original weights MX - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 809
originals are even. Insert the originals face up all the way into the document feeder tray. Insert a number of originals that does not exceed the indicator line on the document feeder tray. On the MX-3501N/4501N, a maximum of 150 sheets can be inserted . A maximum of 100 sheets can be inserted in - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 810
• Before inserting originals into the document feeder tray, be sure to remove any staples or paper clips. • If originals have damp spots due to correction fluid, ink or pasteup glue, wait until the originals are dry before - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 811
in copy mode, see "SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SIZE" in the Copier Guide. When a non-standard size original is placed for a fax or scanner transmission, see "SPECIFYING THE SCAN SIZE OF THE ORIGINAL" in the Facsimile Guide or Scanner Guide. Open the automatic document feeder. 1 Original size detector - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 812
thick original, follow the steps below to press the book down. (1) Push up the far side of the automatic document feeder. The hinges supporting the automatic document feeder will release and the rear side of the automatic document feeder will rise. (2) (2) Gently close the automatic document - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 813
Product number Description Stand/1x500 sheet paper drawer Stand/2x500 sheet paper drawer MX-DEX1*1 MX-DEX3*2 MX-DEX2*1 MX-DEX4*2 Additional tray. A maximum 500 sheets of paper can be loaded in each tray. Large capacity tray Exit tray unit (Right tray) MX-LCX1 MX-TRX1*1 MX-TRX2*2 Additional - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 814
name Product number Description PS3 expansion kit MX-PKX1 Enables the machine to be used as a Postscript compatible printer. Internet fax expansion kit MX-FWX1 Enables Internet Fax. Facsimile expansion kit MX-FXX1 Adds a fax function. *1 Can be installed when using the MX-2300/2700 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 815
set of output from the previous set. In addition, each set of sorted output can be stapled. An optional hole punching unit can also be installed to punch holes in output. PART NAMES The following parts finisher in order to remove a paper misfeed, replace staples, or remove a staple jam. MX-SCX1 40 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 816
FINISHER MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will the finisher until it stops. Lower the staple case release lever and remove the staple case. 3 Pull the staple case out to the right. Remove the empty staple cartridge from the staple case. 4 Insert a new - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 817
position. 7 Close the cover. 8 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to verify that stapling takes place correctly. Removing staple jams Follow the steps below to remove a staple jam. 1 Open the cover. While pressing the lever over to the left, slide the finisher to the left until it - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 818
staple case. 3 Pull the staple case out to the right. Raise the lever at the front end of the staple case and remove the jammed 4 staple. Remove the leading staple if it is bent. If bent staples remain, a staple jam will occur again. Lower the lever at the front end of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 819
Discarding punch waste (when a punch module is installed) Open the cover. 1 Grasp the punch waste box handle, gently pull out the box, and discard the 2 punch waste. Discard the punch waste in a plastic bag or other container, taking care not to let the waste scatter. Gently push the box back - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 820
folds each set of output at the centerline. An optional hole punching unit can also be installed to punch holes in output. PART NAMES (1) delivered to this tray. (4) Top cover Open this cover to remove a paper misfeed. (5) Lever To remove a staple jam or paper misfeed, pull this lever and slide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 821
SADDLE STITCH FINISHER MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message arrow to move the staple unit out to the front. Turn the roller rotating knob as shown until the triangle mark is aligned with the indicator. Remove the empty staple case. Remove the empty staple cartridge. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 822
case. Push the staple cartridge in until it clicks into place. 6 Do not remove the seal from the cartridge before inserting the cartridge into the case. Pull the its original position. 9 Close the front cover. 10 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to verify that stapling takes place correctly - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 823
Turn roller rotating knob B as shown until the blue indicator is visible. 3 Blue Roller rotating knob B Remove any paper from the stapler compiler. 4 Be careful not to tear the paper during removal. If the saddle stitch function was being used, open the saddle stitch section 5 cover. 48 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 824
the misfed paper. Be careful not to tear the paper during removal. 6 Close the saddle stitch section cover. 7 Pull out the stapler section. Pull out until the stapler section until it stops. 8 9 Roller rotating knob A Staple unit 10 Turn roller rotating knob A in the direction of the arrow to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 825
Return the lever to its original position. 12 Replace the staple case. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 13 Push the stapler section back in. Push the stapler section back in until it locks into its original position. 14 Close the front cover. 15 Push the saddle stitch finisher - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 826
Discarding punch waste (when a punch module is installed) While pulling the lever, slide the saddle stitch finisher to the left until it stops. 1 Pull out the punch waste box and discard the punch waste. 2 Discard the punch waste in a plastic bag or other container, taking care not to let the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 827
waste toner box. REGULAR MAINTENANCE To ensure that the machine continues to provide top quality performance, periodically clean the machine. Warning Do not use a flammable spray to clean the machine. If gas from the spray comes in contact with hot electrical components or the fusing unit inside - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 828
cleaner, be sure to return it to its storage position. Examples of lines in the image Black lines White lines MX-3501N/4501N (1) Open the automatic document feeder and remove the glass cleaner. (2) Clean the scanning areas with the glass cleaner. One scanning area is the document glass and the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 829
in the automatic document feeder. When you have finished cleaning, close the cover. (3) Replace the glass cleaner. Other models (1) Open the automatic document feeder and remove the glass cleaner. (2) Clean the scanning area with the glass cleaner. (3) Replace the glass cleaner. 54 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 830
the main charger that charges the drum. Figure 1 (1) Open the front cover. (2) Release the waste toner box lock and let the waste toner box fall forward. For the steps to follow when letting the waste toner box fall forward, see step 3 of "CLEANING THE LASER UNIT" (page 56). Charger cleaner - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 831
but also when the printer function is used. (The problem appears during both printing and copying.) Open the front cover. 1 Take out the cleaning tool for the laser unit. The cleaning tool is attached to the front cover. 2 Release the waste toner box. Press the waste toner box release button. 3 The - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 832
cleaner is attached. 6 (2) Use your other hand to press down on the hook that secures the cleaner and remove the cleaner. Do not return the removed cleaner to the top of the waste toner box. Attach the new cleaner to the cleaning tool. (1) Align the cleaner hook with the attachment hole in the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 833
8 9 Holes 10 Clean the laser unit. (1) Point the cleaner down and slowly remove the cleaning tool. Repeat step 8 to clean all holes in the laser unit (4 holes). There are a total of 4 holes to be cleaned in the laser unit, including the hole cleaned in step 8. Clean all holes. Push the waste toner - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 834
Replace the cleaning tool. (1) Point the cleaner up and hook the end of the tool (the end without the cleaner) onto the holder on the right. (2) Align the holder with the hole in the center of the cleaning tool and slowly press down from above. 11 (3) Fit the holder into the hole in the tip (the end - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 835
lower than 25%, "( )" appears in the display. When toner runs even lower, "( Toner supply is low.)" appears. It is recommended that you keep a set of new toner cartridges so that you can replace them quickly when toner runs out. When toner runs lower than 25%, a message similar to the following - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 836
the protective material inserted in the cartridge. Remove the protective material from the new toner cartridge. 4 Hold the toner cartridge firmly while removing the protective material. After the protective material has been removed, do not point the toner cartridge down or shake it. Insert - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 837
white copying will still be possible. • Keep the used toner cartridge in a plastic bag (do not discard it). The service technician will collect the used toner cartridge at the time of maintenance. • To view the approximate amount of toner remaining, hold down the [COPY] key during copying, printing - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 838
been used. Store it at the top of the waste toner box. Remove the waste toner box. Hold the box by both hands and lift it up slowly. 3 If the waste toner box falls too far forward, it will not be possible to remove it. (Remove the box when it is at an angle of about - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 839
seals. Plug all of the holes. • Do not discard the waste toner box. Place it in a plastic bag and keep it until your service technician comes to perform maintenance. Your service technician will collect the waste toner box. Install the new waste toner box. Insert the box from above at a slant. (The - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 840
until it clicks into place. Close the front cover. 9 Caution • Do not throw a waste toner box into a fire. Toner may fly and cause burns. • Store waste toner box out of the reach of small children. When replacing the waste toner box, be aware that it may soil your clothes or the place where you - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 841
line above or below the current line during entry of the body text of an e-mail message. Touch this key to return to the previous setting screen without entering text. Touch this key to enter the text that currently appears and return to the previous - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 842
selected vary depending on the language selected in "Display Language Setting" in the system settings (administrator). ENTERING TEXT FROM AN EXTERNAL KEYBOARD An external keyboard can . Use a SHARP-recommended external keyboard. For the recommended keyboards, please contact your dealer or nearest - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 843
User's Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N MX4500-US-USR-Z1
User's Guide
MX-3500N
MX-3501N
MX-4500N
MX-4501N
MX-2300N
MX-2700N
MODEL: